test and inspection equipment
TEST AND INSPECTION EQUIPMENT
überreicht durch:
Opternus GmbH Optische Spleiss- & Messtechnik
Büro Süd:
Bahnhofstr. 5
D-22941 Bargteheide
Katharinenstr. 57
D-73728 Esslingen
Tel. +49(0)4532-20 44-0
Fax +49(0)4532-20 44-25
E-Mail: [email protected] - www.opternus.de - www.opternus-shop.de
Tel. +49(0)711-3 10 59 99-0
Fax +49(0)711-3 10 59 99-99
Opternus GmbH
März 2015
OTDRs | Test Sets | Power Meters | Microscopes
Founded in 1984, AFL is a global leader providing fiber optic
products, equipment, and engineering services to the
telecommunications, electric utility, wireless, energy, private
network and OEM markets. AFL also serves a diverse mix
of industry segments that include service providers,
military and defense, mining, oil and gas, and biomedical.
AFL brings years of experience in developing solutions for
customers, fostering a creative culture to drive and deploy
innovative technologies that will improve communications for
years to come. Our product line consists of fiber optic cable,
transmission and substation accessories, outside plant equipment,
connectors, fusion splicers, test equipment and training.
AFL’s service portfolio includes market-leading positions with the
foremost communications companies supporting inside plant central office,
EF&I, outside plant, enterprise and wireless areas.
AFL is dedicated to bringing our customers a quality
product as well as delivering superior value.
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
Table of Contents
Optical Loss Test Kits
Optical Loss Test Kits SMLP, SLP, MLP Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Encircled Flux (EF) Compliant Light Sources and Test Kits . . . . . . . 81
TRM® 2.0 Test Results Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Hand-held OTDRs / Multifunction Testers
OTDR Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FLX380-30x FlexTester3 OTDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
OFL280-10x FlexTester OTDR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CS260-10 Contractor Series Live PON OTDR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
CS260-20 Contractor Series Metro/Access OTDR. . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
M310 Enterprise OTDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
M210 Multifunction Micro OTDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
M210 OTDR Hard Case Mining Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Compact OTDRs
M710 Multifunction OTDR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
C850 Compact QUAD OTDR with QUAD OLS and OPM. . . . . . . . 40
xWDM Test
WDM900 Lightwave Test Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Certification Products
C860 QUAD OTDR and Certification Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C880 QUAD Certification Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FTK Pro Installer Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil and Gas Combo Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OTDR Fiber Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OLTS 5 Optical Loss Test Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
50
53
55
57
59
Optical Power Meters
OPM5 and OPM4 Optical Power Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OPM4-FTTx PON Power Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OPM1 Optical Power Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contractor Series Light Sources and Power Meters. . . . . . . . . . . .
61
64
66
68
Visual Fault Identifiers
VFI2 and HiLite Visual Fault Identifiers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MT Tracer 12-Fiber Visible Laser Source and Display. . . . . . . . . . .
OFI-FTTx Active ONT Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFI-400 Series Optical Fiber Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFI-200 Optical Fiber Identifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90
92
93
95
98
Microscopes and Videoscopes
FOCIS WiFi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FOCIS PRO Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System . . . . . . . . .
FOCIS Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System. . . . . . . . . . . . .
DFS1 Digital FiberScope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AFL SimpleView™ Fiber Inspection Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFS300 Optical Microscope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VS300 View Safe Video Microscope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
103
107
111
115
116
118
Attenuators and Network Activation Kits
VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
SVA1 Single-mode Variable Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Broadband Activation Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Telecom Activation Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Network Simulators
NS and NSR Series Fiber Optic Network Simulators. . . . . . . . . . 128
FTS2 Series Fiber Optic Talk Sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Calibration Plans
Prepaid Calibration Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
LED and Laser Light Sources
OLS Series Light Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
OLS1 LED Light Source. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
1Q15
1
2
OTDRs at a Glance (Networks, Applications, Performance)
OTDR Selection Guide
M710
OFL280
M210
FLX380
M310
Integrated Peripherals
0.8/2.5
DFS1
M710-20
1310/1550
40/38
0.8/4.5
DFS1
M710-21
1310/1550/1625
40/38/38
0.8/4.5
DFS1
M710-40
1310/1550
44/42
0.8/4.5
DFS1
M710-24
850/1300/1310/1550
24/24/39/37
0.8/4.5
DFS1
M210-20
1310/1550
30/30
1.5/9
DFS1
M210-22
850/1300
26/26
1.5/9
DFS1
M210-25
850/1300/1310/1550
26/26/30/30
1.5/9
DFS1
C850-100
850/1300/1310/1550
26/26/30/30
1.5/9
DFS1
FLX380-300
1310/1550
42/42
0.8/2.5
FOCIS
FLX380-302
1310/1490/1550
41/38/41
0.8/2.5
FOCIS
FLX380-303
1310/1550/1625
41/41/38
0.8/2.5
FOCIS
FLX380-304
1310/1550/1650
41/41/38
0.8/2.5
FOCIS
OFL280-100
1310/1550
34/32
0.8/3.5
FOCIS
OFL280-102
1310/1490/1550
34/32/32
0.8/3.5
FOCIS
OFL280-103
1310/1550/1625
34/32/30
0.8/3.5
FOCIS
CS260-10
1625 filtered
35
0.8/3.5
FOCIS
CS260-20
1310/1550
30/30
0.8/3.5
FOCIS
Live
30/30/38/37
Dark
850/1300/1310/1550
Access
M310-25
Model
M310-20
Metro
Dead zone
EDZ/ADZ
(m)
0.8/3.5
Core
Dynamic
Range
(dB)
38/37
LAN
Wavelengths
(nm)
1310/1550
PON
OPM OLS OPM VFL
DFS1
Note:
a. For a list of Supported International Languages, see specific product pages.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. PP-0-00002 Revision 2, 1.8.15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
3
Languages Support a
OTDR Performance
Inspection
Maintenance
Application
Installation
Certification
FTTx
PON
SMF
Verification
Data Center
Point-to-Point
Networks/Fiber Type
MMF/SMF
SMF
C850
Report Gen. TRM 2.0
CS260
FLX380-30x FlexTester3 OTDR
Features
•• 3rd generation hand-held, all-in-one OTDR, Source, Power Meter, VFL
•• Icon-based LinkMap™ display with pass/fail for easy network analysis
•• Patented in- or out-of-service testing from a single port
•• 42/42 dB dynamic range @1310/1550 nm; test up to 1x128 PON
•• Industry-leading 0.8/2.5/30 m event/attenuation/PON dead zones
•• ServiceSafe® live PON detection and OTDR test without service disruption
•• Integrated OLS/OPM with Wave ID reduces test time 80% and eliminates setup errors
•• Rugged, hand-held and lightweight (<1 kg)
•• High-contrast display: clear and bright, even in direct sunlight
•• Industry leading battery life: over 12 hours operation from a single charge
•• It’s all about speed: with Instant On, you’re ready to test in <5 sec
Applications
•• Certify new FTTx PON or point-to-point fiber installations, including splice, splitter and
connector loss and reflectance, end-to-end length, loss and optical return loss (ORL).
•• Troubleshoot live FTTx PONs, including live PON detection and PON power
measurements plus live PON OTDR testing at 1625 or 1650 nm.
•• Complete multi-wavelength end-to-end insertion loss tests faster and eliminate setup
errors using AFL’s Wave ID loss test feature.
•• Generate stable optical source signals (CW, Wave ID or fiber-identifying tones) using the
integrated Optical Laser Source.
•• Trace fibers or locate fiber bends or breaks using the VFL (visible red laser).
The AFL FLX380 FlexTester3 is the world’s smallest, lightest, most complete single mode fiber optic test set. It combines highperformance, multi-wavelength OTDR/PON OTDR, Source, Power Meter, VFL and PON Power Meter in a rugged, hand-held package.
With 42 dB dynamic range, best-in-class event, attenuation, and PON dead zones, LinkMap with pass/fail analysis, macrobend and
splitter detection, launch quality check, plus AFL’s unique ServiceSafe® and Wave ID features, the FLX380 FlexTester3 Series offers an
unmatched combination of optical test functions, ease-of-use, portability, and value.
FlexTester3 Series is offered in four models to best suit your application requirements:
•• FLX380-304: Verify both in-service (live) and out-of-service FTTx networks from a single port. Includes 1310/1550/1650 nm live PON
OTDR with integrated PON Power Meter.
•• FLX380-303: Similar to FLX380-304, but with 1625 nm filtered Live PON OTDR, instead of 1650 nm.
•• FLX380-302: Complete out-of-service testing at all FTTx PON wavelengths (1310/1490/1550 nm).
•• FLX380-300: Lowest cost, high-performance, all-in-one 1310/1550 nm OTDR for out-of-service installation testing or troubleshooting
on both FTTx PON and point-to-point fiber optic networks.
Over 1000 OTDR test results (Telcordia SR-4731 .SOR file format) may be saved in the FLX380’s internal 4GB memory. Stored OTDR
and OPM results may be transferred to PC via Bluetooth or USB. Windows® compatible TRM® 2.0 Test Results Manager software is
included for OTDR and Power Meter results viewing, analysis, and professional report generation.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FLX3-3X-2000 Revision 1G 2014-12-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
4
FLX380-30x FlexTester3 OTDR
New LinkMap™ Simplifies Network Troubleshooting
Using the FLX380’s new LinkMap capability, even novice users can troubleshoot optical
networks like a pro! LinkMap interprets the tested network and presents an icon-based
view of network elements clearly identifying fiber start, end, connectors, splices, splitters,
and macrobends. Loss and reflectance of network elements is compared to user-settable
pass/fail thresholds and displayed with clear pass/fail indications. Users can instantly
toggle between LinkMap and Trace view at the press of a button.
With launch quality check, integrated macrobend and splitter event detection, FLX380
OTDRs offer even greater ease-of-use. FlexTester3 OTDRs also provide a Link Summary
showing end-to-end link length, loss, loss/distance and ORL.
ServiceSafe® Testing on Live PONs
In FTTx PONs, troubleshooting a faulty fiber connection from one out-of-service
subscriber’s location using a 1310/1550 nm OTDR could disrupt service to active
subscribers. AFL’s ServiceSafe feature alerts the OTDR user to the presence of live traffic
and prevents the OTDR from initiating service-disrupting tests at 1310/1550 nm.
FLX380-303 and -304 models measure downstream power levels at 1490 nm and/or
1550 nm, and allow the user to initiate an OTDR test using a non-disruptive 1625 nm or
1650 nm OTDR wavelength. Using AFL-patented technology (US patent 8,411,259), live
PON OTDR testing is performed through the same optical port used for 1310/1550 nm
OTDR testing, eliminating unnecessary connector wear and tear and shortening test time.
Fast, error-free Loss Tests using Wave ID
All FLX380s integrate an Optical Laser Source (OLS) and Optical Power Meter (OPM)
supporting AFL’s unique Wave ID capability. With Wave ID, the OPM automatically
synchronizes to a single or multi-wavelength Wave ID optical signal sent by another
FLX380, OFL280, or AFL hand-held OLS. The OPM automatically determines which
wavelengths are sent and measures power and loss at each wavelength, saving
significant test time and eliminating setup errors. The integrated OLS and OPM also
generate and detect fiber-identifying tones to enable positive fiber identification before
disconnecting fibers during maintenance.
OPM results may be saved using the same file-naming convention applied to OTDR
results. Saved OPM results may be recalled and viewed or uploaded to TRM
for report generation.
Create Professional Test Reports using TRM® 2.0
Saved OTDR and OPM results may be uploaded to PC, viewed and analyzed using the
included TRM 2.0 Test Results Manager software. With TRM’s report generation wizard,
users can easily create professional, customized fiber acceptance test reports.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FLX3-3X-2000 Revision 1G 2014-12-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
5
FLX380-30x FlexTester3 OTDR
Features and Applications by Model
FLX380 MODELS
FEATURES
-300
-302
-303
-304
Compatible with all AFL optical power meters and laser sources, including tone and Wave ID features
Compatible with AFL optical fiber identifiers (OFI)
Integrated high-power optical power meter with Wave ID and tone detection
Integrated Visual Vault Locator (VFL with visible red laser)
1310 nm – OTDR, PON OTDR, laser source (CW, Wave ID, tone generation)
1550 nm – OTDR, PON OTDR, laser source (CW, Wave ID, tone generation)
1490 nm – OTDR, PON OTDR, laser source (CW, Wave ID, tone generation)
1625 nm – FTTx Live PON OTDR & laser source with 1625 nm filtered detector for in-service PON testing
1650 nm – FTTx Live PON OTDR & laser source with 1650 nm filtered detector for in-service PON testing
FTTx PON Power Meter (Detects and measures downstream 1490 and/or 1550 nm PON power levels)
FIBER TESTING APPLICATIONS
-300
FLX380 MODELS
-302
-303
Point-to-point fiber optic cable installation test and troubleshooting
Verify end-to-end length, loss and return loss. Verify splice and connector loss and reflectance. Locate source of excess loss and/
or reflections, including micro- or macro-bends.
FTTx PON construction test
Test to or through splitters. Verify end-to-end length, loss and return loss. Verify splitter, splice and connector loss and
reflectance. Locate source of excess loss and/or reflections, including micro- or macro-bends.
FTTx customer fiber troubleshooting – dark fibers
Locate cable cuts, open splices, micro- or macro-bends and dirty or damaged connections
FTTx in-service (Live PON) troubleshooting
Automatically detect live PONs. Prevent service-disrupting 1310/1550 nm OTDR tests on live PONs. Locate macro bends, poor
splices or high-loss connections without disrupting service to active PON subscribers.
FTTx service turn-up (commissioning)
Verify PON power levels at the ONT (subscriber) location. Locate faults in distribution or drop cables, or between splitters in
PONs built using distributed splitter architecture, all without disrupting service to active PON subscribers.
-304
a
Note:
a. Adds 1490 nm OTDR and OLS. Testing at 1310/1550 nm is recommended and typically all that is needed to test FTTx PONs during construction.
FLX380-300 and -302 models
FLX380-303 and -304 models
Visual Fault Locator
Visual Fault Locator
FLX380-303, 304
FLX380-300, -302
Optical Power Meter
Dark Fiber OTDR
Laser Source
Optical Power Meter
Dark Fiber OTDR
Laser Source
Live Fiber OTDR
PON Power Meter
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FLX3-3X-2000 Revision 1G 2014-12-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
6
FLX380-30x FlexTester3 OTDR
FLX380 FlexTester3 Kit Configurations
FLX380 FlexTesters are available in the following kit configurations:
•• FLX380 FlexTester3 Soft Carry Case kits
•• FLX380 FlexTester3 PRO/PRO2 kits
•• FLX380 FlexTester3 Complete/Complete2 kits
FLX380 FlexTester in Soft Carry Case
All FlexTester3 kits include a rechargeable, replaceable Li-Ion battery pack, AC charger
with country-specific power cord, tool-free interchangeable connector adapters with
dust caps, TRM® 2.0 Test Results Manager software, USB cable, and a quick reference
guide in any one of the supported languages.
FLX380 FlexTester3 Soft Carry Case Kit
FLX380 FlexTester3 Soft Carry Case kits include the user-selected FLX380, standard
accessories, TRM 2.0 Basic, plus a One-Click Cleaner, packaged in a convenient soft
carry case. LinkMap™ with Pass/Fail plus TRM 2.0 Advanced is available as an optional
upgrade for FLX380 Soft Carry Case kits.
FLX380 PRO/PRO2 Test and Inspection Kits
FLX380 FlexTester PRO Test and Inspection kit
FlexTester PRO/PRO2 kits combine a user-selected FLX380 with either a FOCIS PRO or
FOCIS Flex Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System, UPC or APC connector inspection
adapter tips, selected cleaning supplies, and a rugged, waterproof hard carry case with
room for additional fiber rings and cleaning supplies. FOCIS PRO and FOCIS Flex enable
inspection of ferrule ends of patch cord connectors, as well as end-faces of connectors
mounted inside bulkhead adapters. FlexTester PRO/PRO2 Kits include LinkMap with
Pass/Fail plus TRM 2.0 Advanced.
PRO kits include FOCIS PRO comprising a DFS1 Digital FiberScope and hand-held DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet. FOCIS PRO includes
image capture, save, AFL’s unique image-pairing capability, plus IEC and user-adjustable pass/fail analysis. With FOCIS PRO’s dedicated
Touchscreen Tablet, the FLX380 is available for OTDR and optical loss testing.
PRO2 kits include a 150 m fiber ring plus FOCIS Flex, a hand-held, auto-focusing inspection probe with integrated display,
rechargeable battery, internal storage and IEC and user-adjustable pass/fail analysis. Its Bluetooth communications enable FOCIS Flex
to instantly transfer captured images and pass/fail results to a paired FlexTester for display and/or storage.
FLX380 Complete/Complete2 Installation and Maintenance Kits
Select a FlexTester3 Complete or Complete2 Kit to add an Optical Fiber Identifier for an even more complete network installation and
maintenance test solution. FlexTester Complete/Complete2 Kits include LinkMap with Pass/Fail plus TRM 2.0 Advanced.
Complete kits combine an OFI-200D Optical Fiber Identifier with a user-selected FLX380, 150 m single-mode fiber ring (launch
cable), FOCIS PRO with UPC or APC adapter tips, two One-Click Cleaners, standard FlexTester accessories and hard carry case.
Complete2 kits combine a user-selected FLX380 and choice of any AFL Optical Fiber Identifier with 150 m fiber ring, FOCIS Flex, UPC
or APC adapter tips, cleaning supplies, standard FlexTester accessories, and rugged, waterproof, hard carry case.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FLX3-3X-2000 Revision 1G 2014-12-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
7
FLX380-30x FlexTester3 OTDR
Specifications a
PON POWER METER FOR SINGLE-MODE ONLY
Calibrated Wavelengths
1490, 1550 nm
OTDR (POINT-TO-POINT, PON, LIVE PON)
Emitter Type
Laser
Safety Class
Class 1 FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC
60825-1: 2007-03
Fiber Type
Single-mode
Available Wavelengths
1310/1490/1550/1625/1650 nm
Wavelength Tolerance
±20/±20/±20/±10/±10 nm
Dynamic Range (SNR=1) b
FLX380-300: 42/42 dB @1310/1550
FLX380-302: 41/38/41 dB @1310/1490/1550
FLX380-303: 41/41/38 dB @1310/1550/1625
FLX380-304: 41/41/38 dB @1310/1550/1650
0.8 m
Event Dead Zone c
Attenuation Dead Zone d
2.5 m
PON Dead Zone e
30 m
Pulse widths 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns; 1, 3, 10, 20 µs
Range Settings
250 m to 240 km
Data Points
Data Point Spacing
Group Index of Refraction
Distance Uncertainty (m)
Up to 30,000
5.0 cm (range <1.5 km);
Range/30,000 (range >1.5 km)
1.4000 to 1.7000
±(1 + 0.003% x distance + data point spacing)
Linearity
Trace File Format
±0.05 dB/dB
Telcordia SR-4731 Issue 2
Trace File Storage Medium
Data Transfer to PC
PON OTDR Modes
Standard OTDR Modes
4 GB internal memory (>1000 traces)
USB cable or Bluetooth® wireless
To Splitter, Through Splitter, Expert
Full Auto, Expert, Real Time
Detector Type
Isolation
Measurement Range
Accuracy g
Resolution
Measurement Units
Filtered InGaAs
>40 dB
+23 to -50 dBm
±0.5 dB
0.01 dB
dBm or Watts (nW, µW, mW)
OPTICAL POWER METER
Calibrated Wavelengths
1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 nm
Detector Type
Measurement Range
Tone Detect Range
Wavelength ID Range
Accuracy h
Resolution
Measurement Units
InGaAs
+23 to -50 dBm
+3 to -35 dBm
+3 to -35 dBm
±0.25 dB
0.01 dB
dB, dBm or Watts (nW, µW, mW)
VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR (VFL)
Emitter Type
Visible red laser, 650 ±20 nm
Safety Class
Class II FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Output Power (nominal)
0.8 mW into single-mode fiber
Modes
CW, 2 Hz flashing
GENERAL
OPTICAL LASER SOURCE (OLS)
Emitter Type, Safety Class
Class I, FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Fiber Type
Single-mode
Available Wavelengths
1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 nm
Wavelength Tolerance
±20 nm (1310/1490/1550)
±10 nm (1625/1650)
Spectral Width (FWHM)
5 nm (maximum)
Internal Modulation
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz, CW
Wave ID (one, two, or three
Compatible with AFL Optical Power Meters and
wavelengths)
Light Sources
Output Power Stability f
±0.2 dB
Output Power
-1 dBm ±1.5 dB
Size (in boot)
Weight
Operational Temperature
Storage Temperature
Power
Battery Life
Display
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25 °C unless otherwise specified.
b. Measured using 240 km range, 20 µs pulse and 3 minutes averaging.
c. Typical distance between the two points 1.5 dB down each side of a reflective
spike caused by a -45 dB event using 5 ns pulse width.
d. Typical distance from the location of a -45 dB reflective event to the point
where the trace falls and stays within 0.5 dB of backscatter,
using a 5 ns pulse width.
20.1 x 13.0 x 5.3. cm (7.9 x 5.1 x 2.1 in)
0.8 kg (1.8 lb)
-10 °C to +50 °C, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
-20 °C to +60 °C, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC adapter
13.5 hours, Telcordia test conditions
12.5 hours, backlight on, continuous test
LCD, 320 x 240, 3.5 in (89 mm), color,
high-contrast transflective with backlight
and AR coating.
e. Typical distance from the start of a 1x16 splitter (13 dB loss) to the point
where the trace falls and stays within 0.5 dB of backscatter, using a 100 ns
pulse width with high resolution.
f. Over 8 hours.
g. At calibration wavelengths and power levels of approximately -5 dBm for
1550 nm and -10 dBm for 1490 nm.
h. At 1310/1550 nm with CW power level of approximately -10 dBm.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FLX3-3X-2000 Revision 1G 2014-12-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
8
FLX380-30x FlexTester3 OTDR
Ordering Information
ORDER ENTRY FORMAT INCLUDING OPTIONS
FLX380-3xx[C]-[LNG]-[AC]
FLX380-3xx[C]-LM-[LNG]-[AC]
FLX380-3XX-LM-[LNG]
FLX380-3xx[C]-PRO-[LNG]-[AC]
FLX380-3xx[C]-PRO2-[LNG]-[AC]-[TIP]-[FR]
FLX380-3xx[C]-CMP-[LNG]-[AC]-[FR]
FLX380-3xx[C]-CMP2-[LNG]-[AC]-[TIP]-[FR]-[OFI]
KIT CONFIGURATION
FLX380-3xx Basic Kit
FLX380-3xx Basic Kit with LinkMap™ Upgrade with Pass/Fail plus TRM® 2.0 Advanced
LinkMap Upgrade with Pass/Fail plus TRM 2.0 Advanced (for previously shipped FLX380)
FLX380-3xx PRO Kit (with FOCIS PRO and cleaning supplies)
FLX380-3xx PRO2 Kit (with FOCIS Flex, fiber ring and cleaning supplies)
FLX380-3xx Complete Kit (with FOCIS PRO, OFI-200D, fiber ring and cleaning supplies)
FLX380-3xx Complete2 Kit (with FOCIS Flex, OFI choice, fiber ring and cleaning supplies)
Select FLX380 Options:
[C]
U
A
OTDR/Source Connector Type
UPC
APC
[LNG]
ENG
CHS
CHT
DEU
FRA
ITA
Language Option
English
Simplified Chinese
Traditional Chinese
German
French
Italian
[AC]
US
EU
UK
CN
DK
JP
CH
IT
IL
IN
Destination
Country
Select FLX380 PRO, PRO2, CMP, CMP2 Kit Options:
[LNG]
JPN
KOR
POL
POR
SPA
TUR
FlexTester
USA
3-wire, 115V, Type K
European Union 3-wire, 250V, Type B
United Kingdom 3-wire, 250V, Type D
China, Australia 3-wire, 250V, Type C
Denmark
3-wire, 250V, Type E
Japan
3-wire, 125V, Type M
Switzerland
3-wire, 250V, Type L
Italy
3-wire, 250V, Type I
Israel
3-wire, 250V, Type H
India
[FR]
Blank
SC/SC
SC/FC
SC/LC
SC/ST
SC/ASC
SC/AFC
SC/ALC
LC/LC
LC/ASC
LC/ALC
Language Option
Japanese
Korean
Polish
Portuguese
Spanish
Turkish
AC Plugs
FOCIS PRO
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
FOCIS Flex
2-pin, US
2-pin, EU
3-pin, UK
2-pin, SAA
2-pin, EU
2-pin, US
2-pin, EU
2-pin, EU
Select (US,
EU, UK, SAA)
3-wire, 250V, Type G US, EU, UK, SAA Select (US,
EU, UK, SAA)
150 m SMF Fiber Ring
N/A in PRO & CMP kits
FR1-SM-150-SC-SC
FR1-SM-150-SC-FC
FR1-SM-150-SC-LC
FR1-SM-150-SC-ST
FR1-SM-150-SC-ASC
FR1-SM-150-SC-AFC
FR1-SM-150-SC-ALC
FR1-SM-150-LC-LC
FR1-SM-150-LC-ASC
FR1-SM-150-LC-ALC
[FR]
ASC/FC
ASC/ST
ASC/ASC
ASC/AFC
ASC/ALC
ALC/ALC
FC/FC
FC/ST
FC/LC
FC/AFC
AFC/AFC
150 m SMF Fiber Ring
FR1-SM-150-ASC-FC
FR1-SM-150-ASC-ST
FR1-SM-150-ASC-ASC
FR1-SM-150-ASC-AFC
FR1-SM-150-ASC-ALC
FR1-SM-150-ALC-ALC
FR1-SM-150-FC-FC
FR1-SM-150-SC-ST
FR1-SM-150-FC-LC
FR1-SM-150-FC-AFC
FR1-SM-150-AFC-AFC
[TIP]
Blank
SC
FC
LC
ASC
AFC
ALC
FOCIS Flex Tips & Cleaning (PRO2 and CMP2 kits only)
Option not available in standard soft case, PRO and CMP kits
SC-UPC bulkhead tip, 2.5 mm UPC ferrule tip, 2.5 mm cleaning
FC-UPC bulkhead tip, 2.5 mm UPC ferrule tip, 2.5 mm cleaning
LC-UPC bulkhead tip, 1.25 mm UPC ferrule tip, 1.25 mm cleaning
SC-APC bulkhead tip, 2.5 mm APC ferrule tip, 2.5 mm cleaning
FC-APC bulkhead tip, 2.5 mm APC ferrule tip, 2.5 mm cleaning
LC-APC bulkhead tip, 1.25 mm APC ferrule tip, 1.25 mm cleaning
[OFI]
Optical Fiber Identifier Option Description (CMP2 kit only)
Option only available in CMP2 kit
OFI-200D - Jacketed & buffered fiber; 2 kHz only
OFI-400 - Jacketed & buffered fiber; power & tone display
OFI-400C - Jacketed fiber only OFI-400
OFI-400HP - High-power OFI-400
OFI-FTTx - Active ONT Detector (FTTx PON systems)
Blank
200D
400
400C
400HP
FTTx
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FLX3-3X-2000 Revision 1G 2014-12-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
9
OFL280-10x FlexTester OTDR
Hand-held Multifunction OTDR and Loss Test Set
Features
•• Patented in- or out-of-service OTDR testing from a single port
•• Icon-based LinkMap™ display with pass/fail for easy network analysis
•• ServiceSafe® live PON detection and OTDR test without service disruption
•• Wave ID reduces insertion loss test time and eliminates setup errors
•• 34/32 dB dynamic range at 1310/1550 nm
•• Best-in-class 0.8/3.5 m event/attenuation dead zones
•• Rugged, hand-held, lightweight (<1 kg)
•• High-contrast, backlit display: Easily viewed, even in direct sunlight
•• Industry-leading battery life: >12 hours continuous operation
•• Instant On: Ready to test in <5 seconds
Applications
•• Cost-effective point-to-point and FTTH PON testing
•• Troubleshoot in-service FTTH networks, including live PON power measurements plus
PON OTDR testing at 1625 nm.
•• Complete multi-wavelength insertion loss tests faster and eliminate setup errors using
Wave ID source and power meter.
•• Generate fiber-identifying tones and stable CW signals using integrated optical source.
•• Trace fibers or locate faults using the Visual Fault Locator (VFL).
The AFL OFL280-10x FlexTester family offers an unmatched combination of optical fiber test functions, ease-of-use, portability, and
value. All OFL280 FlexTester models include an integrated single-mode 1310/1550 nm OTDR with PON-optimized and standard test
modes, optical power meter, 1310/1550 nm laser source, and visual fault locator.
With new LinkMap, pass/fail analysis, macro-bend and splitter detection, launch quality check, plus AFL’s unique ServiceSafe and
Wave ID features, OFL280 FlexTesters enable even novice users to troubleshoot like pros.
The OFL280 FlexTester family offers four models to best suit your application needs:
•• OFL280-103: Verify both in-service and out-of-service FTTx networks from a single port. Includes 1310/1550/1625 nm live PON OTDR
with integrated PON Power Meter.
•• OFL280-102: Most complete out-of-service FTTx PON testing at all PON wavelengths (1310/1490/1550 nm).
•• OFL280-100: Cost-effective 1310/1550 nm OTDR for out-of-service installation testing or troubleshooting both FTTx PON and pointto-point fiber optic networks.
Over 1000 OTDR test results (Telcordia SR-4731 .SOR file format) may be saved in the OFL280’s internal memory. Stored OTDR and
OPM results may be transferred to PC via wireless Bluetooth® or USB cable. Windows® compatible TRM 2.0® Test Results Manager
software is included for OTDR and OPM results viewing, analysis, and professional report generation.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OFL2-28-2000 Revision 1U, 2014-12-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
10
OFL280-10x FlexTester OTDR
New LinkMap™ Simplifies Network Troubleshooting
Using the OFL280’s new LinkMap capability, even novice users can troubleshoot optical
networks like a pro! LinkMap interprets the tested network and presents an icon-based
view of network elements clearly identifying fiber start, end, connectors, splices, splitters,
and macro-bends. Loss and reflectance of network elements is compared to usersettable pass/fail thresholds and displayed with clear pass/fail indications. Users can
instantly toggle between LinkMap and Trace view at the press of a button.
With launch quality check, integrated macro-bend and splitter event detection, OFL280
OTDRs offer even greater ease-of-use. OFL280s also provide a Link Summary showing
end-to-end link length, loss, loss/distance and ORL.
ServiceSafe® Testing on Live PONs
In FTTx PONs, troubleshooting a faulty fiber connection from one out-of-service
subscriber’s location using a 1310/1550 nm OTDR could disrupt service to active
subscribers. AFL’s ServiceSafe feature alerts the OTDR user to the presence of live
traffic and prevents the initiation of service-disrupting 1310/1550 nm OTDR tests. The
OFL280-103 additionally measures downstream power levels at 1490 and/or 1550 nm,
and allows the user to initiate an OTDR test using the non-disruptive 1625 nm OTDR
wavelength. To eliminate unnecessary connector wear, 1625 nm live PON OTDR testing
and PON power measurements are performed through the same optical port used for
1310/1550 OTDR testing (US patent 8,411,259).
Fast, error-free Loss Tests using Wave ID
OFL280s integrate an Optical Laser Source (OLS) and Optical Power Meter (OPM)
supporting AFL’s unique Wave ID capability. With Wave ID, the OPM automatically
synchronizes to a single or multi-wavelength Wave ID optical signal sent by another
OFL280, FLX380, or AFL hand-held OLS. The OPM automatically measures power and
loss at each wavelength, saving significant test time and eliminating setup errors.
The integrated OLS and OPM also generate and detect fiber-identifying tones to enable
positive fiber identification before disconnecting fibers during maintenance.
Create Professional Test Reports using TRM® 2.0
Stored OTDR and/or OPM results may be uploaded to a PC via USB or Bluetooth®.
Uploaded results may be viewed and analyzed using TRM 2.0 Test Results Manager
software included with each OFL280 FlexTester. The TRM report generation wizard
enables users to easily generate professional, custom acceptance test reports
conforming to industry guidelines.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OFL2-28-2000 Revision 1U, 2014-12-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
11
OFL280-10x FlexTester OTDR
OFL280 Features and Applications by Model
OFL280 MODELS
FEATURES
-100
-102
-103
Compatible with all AFL optical power meters and laser sources, including tone and Wave ID features
Compatible with AFL optical fiber identifiers (OFI)
Integrated high-power optical power meter
Integrated visual fault locator (red laser)
1310 nm – OTDR, PON OTDR, laser source (CW, wave ID, tone)
1550 nm – OTDR, PON OTDR, laser source (CW, wave ID, tone)
1490 nm – OTDR, PON OTDR, laser source (CW, wave ID, tone)
1625 nm – FTTx live fiber OTDR with filtered detector for in-service PON testing
1490/1550 nm – FTTx PON Power Meter (Detects and measures downstream PON power levels)
OFL280 MODELS
FIBER TESTING APPLICATIONS
-100
-102
Point-to-point cable construction and troubleshooting.
Verify end-to-end length, loss, and ORL. Verify splice and connector loss and reflectance. Locate sources of excess loss
and/or reflections, including macro-bends.
FTTx PON construction.
Test to or through splitters. Verify end-to-end length, loss and ORL. Verify splitter, splice and connector loss and
reflectance. Locate sources of excess loss and/or reflections, including macro-bends.
FTTx customer fiber troubleshooting - dark fibers (hard faults).
Locate cable cuts, open splices, and bad connections.
FTTx in-service (Live PON) troubleshooting.
Automatically detect live PONs. Prevent service-disrupting 1310/1550 nm OTDR tests on live PONs. Locate macrobends, poor splices or high-loss connections without disrupting service to active PON subscribers.
FTTx service turn-up (commissioning).
Verify PON power levels at the ONT (subscriber) location. Locate faults in the distribution or drop cables, or between
splitters in PONs built using distributed splitter architecture, all without disrupting service to active PON subscribers.
-103
a
Note:
a. Adds ability to perform OTDR and loss tests at 1490 nm. However, testing at 1310 and 1550 nm is recommended and generally is all that is needed to test or
fault-locate inactive (dark) FTTx PONs during construction.
OFL280-100 and -102 models
OFL280-103 model
Visual Fault Locator
Visual Fault Locator
OFL280 OTDR
OFL280 OTDR
Optical Power Meter
Dark Fiber OTDR
Laser Source
Optical Power Meter
Dark Fiber OTDR
Laser Source
Live Fiber OTDR
PON Power Meter
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OFL2-28-2000 Revision 1U, 2014-12-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
12
OFL280-10x FlexTester OTDR
OFL280 FlexTester Kit Configurations
OFL280 FlexTesters are available in the following kit configurations:
•• OFL280 FlexTester Soft Carry Case Kits
•• OFL280 FlexTester PRO/PRO2 Kits
•• OFL280 FlexTester Complete/Complete2 Kits
All FlexTester kits include a rechargeable, replaceable Li-Ion battery pack, AC charger
with country-specific power cord, tool-free interchangeable connector adapters with dust
caps, TRM® 2.0 Test Results Manager software, USB cable, and a quick reference guide.
OFL280 FlexTester PRO/PRO2 Test and Inspection Kit
OFL280 FlexTester PRO Test kit
FlexTester PRO & PRO2 Kits combine a user-selected OFL280 with either the FOCIS PRO
or FOCIS Flex Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System, UPC or APC connector inspection
adapter tips, cleaning supplies, and a rugged, waterproof hard carry case with room for
additional fiber rings and cleaning supplies. FOCIS PRO and FOCIS Flex enable inspection
of ferrule ends of patch cord connectors and end-faces of connectors mounted inside
bulkhead adapters. PRO/PRO2 Kits include LinkMap™ plus TRM 2.0 Advanced.
PRO Kits include FOCIS PRO comprising the DFS1 Digital FiberScope and hand-held
DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet. FOCIS PRO includes image capture, save, AFL’s unique imagepairing capability, plus IEC and user-adjustable pass/fail analysis. With FOCIS PRO’s
dedicated Touchscreen Tablet, the OFL280 is available for OTDR and optical loss testing.
FlexTester PRO2 & Complete2 include FOCIS Flex Inspection
PRO2 Kits include a 150 m fiber ring plus FOCIS Flex, a hand-held and auto-focusing
inspection probe with integrated display, rechargeable battery, internal storage and
pass/fail analysis. Its Bluetooth communications enable FOCIS Flex to instantly transfer
captured images and pass/fail results to a paired FlexTester for display and/or storage.
OFL280 Complete/Complete2 Installation & Maintenance Kit
Select a FlexTester Complete or Complete2 Kit to add an Optical Fiber Identifier for an
even more complete network installation and maintenance test solution. FlexTester
CMP/CMP2 Kits include LinkMap with Pass/Fail plus TRM 2.0 Advanced.
Complete Kits combine an OFI-200D Optical Fiber Identifier with a user-selected
OFL280, 150 m single-mode fiber ring (launch cable), FOCIS PRO with UPC or APC
adapter tips, two One-Click Cleaners, standard FlexTester accessories, hard carry case.
OFL280 FlexTester Soft Case Kit
Complete2 Kits combine a user-selected OFL280 and choice of Optical Fiber Identifier
with 150 m fiber ring, FOCIS Flex, UPC or APC adapter tips, cleaning supplies, standard
FlexTester accessories, and rugged, waterproof, hard carry case.
OFL280 FlexTester Soft Carry Case Kit
OFL280 FlexTester Soft Carry Case kits include the user-selected OFL280, standard
accessories plus a One-Click Cleaner, packaged in a convenient soft carry case.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OFL2-28-2000 Revision 1U, 2014-12-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
13
OFL280-10x FlexTester OTDR
Specifications
a
OTDR
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Fiber Type
Available Wavelengths
Wavelength Tolerance
Dynamic Range (SNR=1)
Event Dead Zone b
Attenuation Dead Zone c
Pulse Widths
Range Settings
Data Points
Data Point Spacing
PON POWER METER FOR SINGLE-MODE ONLY
Laser
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Single-mode
1310/1490/1550/1625 nm
±20/±20/±20/±10 nm
34/32/32/30 dB
0.8 m
3.5 m
5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns, 1, 3, 10 µs
250 m to 240 km
Up to 30,000
Group Index of Refraction (GIR)
Distance Uncertainty (m)
Linearity
Trace File Format
5.0 cm (range <1.5 km),
Range/30,000 (range >1.5 km)
1.4000 to 1.7000
±(1 + 0.005 % x distance + data point spacing)
±0.05 dB/dB
.SOR per Telcordia SR-4731 Issue 2
Trace File Storage Medium
Data Transfer to PC
4GB internal memory (>1000 traces)
USB cable
PON OTDR Modes
Standard OTDR Modes
LASER SOURCE
Test to splitter or through splitter
Full Auto, Expert, Real Time
Emitter Type
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Single-mode
1310, 1490, 1550 nm
±20 nm
5 nm (maximum)
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz, CW
Compatible with AFL Optical Power Meters and
Light Sources
0.25 dB
-1 dBm (1310, 1550 nm) ±1.5 dB;
+3 dBm (1490 nm ) ±1.5 dB
Fiber Type
Available Wavelengths
Wavelength Tolerance
Spectral Width (FWHM)
Internal Modulation
Wavelength ID (one, two, or
three wavelengths)
Output Power Stability
Output Power
Calibrated Wavelengths
1490, 1550 nm
Detector Type
Isolation
Measurement Range
Accuracy d
Resolution
Measurement Units
Filtered InGaAs
> 40 dB
+23 to – 50 dBm
±0.5 dB
0.01 dB
dBm or Watts (nW, µW, mW)
OPTICAL POWER METER
Calibrated Wavelengths
1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 nm
Detector Type
Measurement Range
Tone Detect Range
Wavelength ID Range
Accuracy e
Resolution
Measurement Units
InGaAs
+23 to -50 dBm
+3 to -35 dBm
+3 to -35 dBm
±0.25 dB
0.01 dB
dB, dBm or Watts (nW, µW, mW)
VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Wavelength
Output Power (nominal)
Modes
Visible red laser
Class II FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
650 ±20 nm
0.8 mW into single-mode fiber
CW, 2 Hz flashing
GENERAL
Size (in boot)
Weight
Operational Temperature
Storage Temperature
Power
Battery Life
20.1 x 13.0 x 5.3. cm (7.9 x 5.1 x 2.1 in)
0.8 kg (1.8 lb)
-10 °C to +50 °C, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
-20 °C to +60 °C, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC adapter
12 hours, backlight ON, continuous operation
Display
LCD, 320 x 240, 3.5 inch (89 mm), color,
high-contrast transflective with backlight
and AR coating
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25 °C unless otherwise specified.
b. Typical distance between the two points 1.5 dB down each side of a reflective spike caused by a -45 dB event using 5 ns pulse width.
c. Typical distance from the location of a -45 dB reflective event to the point where the trace falls and stays within 0.5 dB of backscatter, using a 5 ns pulse width.
d. At calibration wavelengths and power levels of approximately -5 dBm for 1550 nm and -10 dBm for 1490 nm.
e. At 1310/1550 nm wavelengths with CW power level of approximately -10 dBm.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OFL2-28-2000 Revision 1U, 2014-12-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
14
OFL280-10x FlexTester OTDR
Ordering Information
ORDER ENTRY FORMAT INCLUDING OPTIONS
OFL280-1xx[C]-[LNG]-[AC]
OFL280-1xx[C]-LM-[LNG]-[AC]
OFL280-1XX-LM-[LNG]
OFL280-1xx[C]-PRO-[LNG]-[AC]
OFL280-1xx[C]-PRO2-[LNG]-[AC]-[TIP]-[FR]
OFL280-1xx[C]-CMP-[LNG]-[AC]-[FR]
OFL280-1xx[C]-CMP2-[LNG]-[AC]-[TIP]-[FR]-[OFI]
KIT CONFIGURATION
OFL280-1xx Basic Kit
OFL280-1xx Basic Kit with LinkMap™ Upgrade with Pass/Fail plus TRM® 2.0 Advanced
LinkMap Upgrade with Pass/Fail plus TRM 2.0 Advanced (for previously shipped OFL280)
OFL280-1xx PRO Kit (with FOCIS PRO and cleaning supplies)
OFL280-1xx PRO2 Kit (with FOCIS Flex, fiber ring, cleaning supplies)
OFL280-1xx Complete Kit (with FOCIS PRO, OFI-200D, fiber ring, cleaning supplies)
OFL280-1xx Complete2 Kit (with FOCIS Flex, OFI choice, fiber ring, cleaning supplies)
Select OFL280 Options:
[C]
U
A
OTDR/Source Connector Type
UPC
APC
[LNG]
ENG
CHS
CHT
DEU
FRA
ITA
Language Option
English
Simplified Chinese
Traditional Chinese
German
French
Italian
[AC]
Destination
Country
Select OFL280 PRO, PRO2, CMP, CMP2 Kit Options:
[LNG]
JPN
KOR
POL
POR
SPA
TUR
US
EU
UK
CN
DK
JP
CH
IT
IL
FlexTester
USA
3-wire, 115V, Type K
European Union 3-wire, 250V, Type B
United Kingdom 3-wire, 250V, Type D
China, Australia 3-wire, 250V, Type C
Denmark
3-wire, 250V, Type E
Japan
3-wire, 125V, Type M
Switzerland
3-wire, 250V, Type L
Italy
3-wire, 250V, Type I
Israel
3-wire, 250V, Type H
IN
India
[FR]
Blank
SC/SC
SC/FC
SC/LC
SC/ST
SC/ASC
SC/AFC
SC/ALC
LC/LC
LC/ASC
LC/ALC
Language Option
Japanese
Korean
Polish
Portuguese
Spanish
Turkish
AC Plugs
FOCIS PRO
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
US, EU, UK, SAA
FOCIS Flex
2-pin, US
2-pin, EU
3-pin, UK
2-pin, SAA
2-pin, EU
2-pin, US
2-pin, EU
2-pin, EU
Select (US,
EU, UK, SAA)
3-wire, 250V, Type G US, EU, UK, SAA Select (US,
EU, UK, SAA)
150 m SMF Fiber Ring
N/A in PRO & CMP kits
FR1-SM-150-SC-SC
FR1-SM-150-SC-FC
FR1-SM-150-SC-LC
FR1-SM-150-SC-ST
FR1-SM-150-SC-ASC
FR1-SM-150-SC-AFC
FR1-SM-150-SC-ALC
FR1-SM-150-LC-LC
FR1-SM-150-LC-ASC
FR1-SM-150-LC-ALC
[FR]
ASC/FC
ASC/ST
ASC/ASC
ASC/AFC
ASC/ALC
ALC/ALC
FC/FC
FC/ST
FC/LC
FC/AFC
AFC/AFC
150 m SMF Fiber Ring
FR1-SM-150-ASC-FC
FR1-SM-150-ASC-ST
FR1-SM-150-ASC-ASC
FR1-SM-150-ASC-AFC
FR1-SM-150-ASC-ALC
FR1-SM-150-ALC-ALC
FR1-SM-150-FC-FC
FR1-SM-150-SC-ST
FR1-SM-150-FC-LC
FR1-SM-150-FC-AFC
FR1-SM-150-AFC-AFC
[TIP]
Blank
SC
FC
LC
ASC
AFC
ALC
FOCIS Flex Tips & Cleaning (PRO2 and CMP2 kits only)
Option not available in standard soft case, PRO and CMP kits
SC-UPC bulkhead tip, 2.5 mm UPC ferrule tip, 2.5 mm cleaning
FC-UPC bulkhead tip, 2.5 mm UPC ferrule tip, 2.5 mm cleaning
LC-UPC bulkhead tip, 1.25 mm UPC ferrule tip, 1.25 mm cleaning
SC-APC bulkhead tip, 2.5 mm APC ferrule tip, 2.5 mm cleaning
FC-APC bulkhead tip, 2.5 mm APC ferrule tip, 2.5 mm cleaning
LC-APC bulkhead tip, 1.25 mm APC ferrule tip, 1.25 mm cleaning
[OFI]
Blank
200D
400
400C
400HP
FTTx
Optical Fiber Identifier Option Description (CMP2 kit only)
Option only available in CMP2 kit
OFI-200D - Jacketed & buffered fiber; 2 kHz only
OFI-400 - Jacketed & buffered fiber; power & tone display
OFI-400C - Jacketed fiber only OFI-400
OFI-400HP - High-power OFI-400
OFI-FTTx - Active ONT Detector (FTTx PON systems)
FIBER SYSTEM
YES
S
NO
International Sales and Service Contact Information
9001
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
ISO
CERTIFIED
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OFL2-28-2000 Revision 1U, 2014-12-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
15
CS260-10 Contractor Series Live PON OTDR
The CS260-10 Contractor Series Live PON OTDR is an ideal tool for fiber optic
technicians installing, activating and troubleshooting FTTx PON distribution and drop
fibers from the splitter to the ONT.
The CS260-10 provides an out-of-band 1625 nm OTDR with filtered detector, enabling
Live PON testing without disrupting service on an active PON. It additionally includes an
integrated PON power meter to automatically detect and measure downstream 1490
and 1550 nm signal levels.
The CS260-10 is also suitable for out-of-service testing. As longer wavelengths are more
sensitive to bending losses, the CS260-10 OTDR will detect excess losses induced by
micro- or macro-bends.
The CS260-10 provides extremely short event and attenuation dead zones (0.8 and
3.5 m, respectively), enabling closely spaced events to be detected and measured in
distribution and drop fibers. With 35 dB dynamic range, the CS260-10 is able to see
through PON splitters having split ratios up to 1x32, enabling detection of poor splices
or excess bending losses at the splitter.
To further aid in locating faults within access points, splice closures or indoor cabling,
the CS260-10 includes an integrated Visual Fault Locator (visible red laser).
Features
•• Filtered OTDR detector enables OTDR
measurements on in-service PON
•• Integrated PON Power Meter measures
downstream signal levels
•• 35 dB dynamic range @ 1625 nm
•• 0.8 m event, and 3.5 m attenuation
dead zones
•• Auto, Expert, PON, and Real Time
OTDR modes
•• Integrated Visual Fault Locator (VFL)
•• Rugged, hand-held and lightweight
•• High-contrast display easily viewed
indoors or out
•• >12-hour operation, fast charge,
Li-Ion battery
•• Instant On; Ready to test in <5 sec
•• Easy to learn and use
The CS260-10 is extremely easy to use. It provides fully automatic OTDR parameter
selection, automatic event table generation, and end-to-end length, loss and ORL
summary. For expert users, the CS260-10 also allows full control of OTDR parameters
(range, pulse width, averaging time, etc.).
Over 1000 OTDR test results may be saved in industry-standard .SOR file format.
Stored OTDR results may be transferred to PC via USB port for viewing, analysis, and
professional report generation using included Windows® compatible TRM® 2.0 Basic Test
Results Manager software.
Applications
•• Verify FTTx PON fiber installations: Measure loss and reflectance of individual
splices, connectors and splitters, as well as end-to-end length, loss and optical
return loss.
•• Troubleshoot Live PONs: Verify downstream PON power levels. Locate source(s)
of excess loss or reflectance in distribution or drop fibers on in-service FTTx PON
using out-of-band 1625 nm Live PON OTDR with filtered detector.
•• Visibly trace fibers or locate fiber bends or breaks: Use integrated VFL
visible red laser to visibly detect light emanating from fiber breaks or macrobends.
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. CS260-10-2000, Revision B, 2013-04-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
16
CS260-10 Contractor Series Live PON OTDR
Specifications a
OTDR (PON, LIVE PON, OR POINT-TO-POINT)
Emitter Type
Laser
Safety Class
Class 1 FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Fiber Type
Single-mode
Wavelength
1625 nm ±10 nm
Dynamic Range (SNR=1) b
35 dB
Event Dead Zone c
0.8 m
Attenuation Dead Zone d
3.5 m
Pulse widths
5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns; 1, 3, 10 µs
Range Settings
250 m to 120 km
Data Points
Up to 30,000
Data Point Spacing
5.0 cm (range <1.5 km); Range/30,000 (range >1.5 km)
Group Index of Refraction
1.4000 to 1.6000
Distance Uncertainty (m)
±(1 +0.005 % x distance + data point spacing)
Linearity
±0.05 dB/dB
Trace File Format
Bellcore GR-196 v1.1
Trace File Storage
Internal memory (>1000 traces)
Data Transfer to PC
USB cable
PON OTDR Modes
FTTx – In Service; FTTx PON Construction, Expert, Real Time
Standard OTDR Modes
Full Auto, Expert, Real Time
PON POWER METER
Calibrated Wavelengths
1490, 1550 nm
Detector Type
Filtered InGaAs
Isolation
>40 dB
Measurement Range
+23 to -50 dBm
Accuracy e
±0.5 dB
Resolution
0.01 dB
Measurement Units
dBm or Watts (nW, µW, mW)
VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR (VFL)
Emitter Type
Laser; 650 nm ±20 nm
Safety Class
Class II FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Output Power (nominal)
0.8 mW into single-mode fiber
Modes
CW, 2 Hz flashing
GENERAL
Size (in boot)
20.1 x 13.0 x 5.3 cm (7.9 x 5.1 x 2.1 in)
Weight
0.8 kg (1.8 lb)
Operational Temperature
-10ºC, to +50ºC, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
Storage Temperature
-20ºC, to +60ºC, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
Power
Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC adapter
Battery Life
13.5 hours, Telcordia test conditions; 12.5 hours, backlight on, continuous test
Display
LCD, 320 x 240, 3.5 in (89 mm), color, high-contrast transflective with backlight and AR coating
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25ºC unless otherwise specified.
b. Typical dynamic range measured using 10 µs pulse width with 3 minutes averaging.
c. Typical distance between the two points 1.5 dB down each side of a reflective spike caused by a -45 dB event using 5 ns pulse width.
d. Typical distance from the location of a -45 dB reflective event to point where trace falls and stays within 0.5 dB of backscatter, using a 5 ns pulse width.
e. At calibration wavelengths and power levels of approximately -5 dBm for 1550 nm and -10 dBm for 1490 nm.
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. CS260-10-2000, Revision B, 2013-04-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
17
CS260-10 Contractor Series Live PON OTDR
Ordering Information
The CS260-10 comes with a soft carry case, user-specified connector adapters for OTDR and VFL ports, USB cable (connects with Type
A USB port on your PC), AC power adapter with a country-specific power cord, rechargeable replaceable Li-Ion battery, and TRM®
2.0 Basic Test Results Manager software for PC-based trace viewing and report generation. When placing an order, select options as
follows: OTDR port ferrule type (F), connector adapter (CA), Language Pack (LLL)*, country-specific Power Cord (PC).
Example: CS260-10U-SC-ENG-01 indicates a CS260-10 1625 nm Live PON OTDR with UPC port ferrule, SC OTDR connector adapter,
2.5 mm Universal VFL adapter, English/Euro language pack, quick reference guide in English, and US power cord.
CS260
10
F
LLL
CA
PC
OTDR Port Ferrule (F)
Power Cord (PC)
A =APC
U =UPC
01 = USA
02 = Euro
03 = UK
04 = Australia
04 = China
05 = Denmark
06 = Japan
07 = Swiss
08 = Italy
09 = Israel
10 = India
Connector Adapters (CA)
SC = SC OTDR adapter plus Universal 2.5 mm VFL adapter
FC = FC OTDR adapter plus Universal 2.5 mm VFL adapter
LC = LC OTDR adapter plus Universal 1.25 mm VFL adapter
Quick Reference Guide Language (LLL)*
ENG= English
CHS = Chinese Simplified
CHT = Chinese Traditional
DEU= German
FRA= French
ITA=Italian
JPN= Japanese
KOR= Korean
POL= Polish
POR= Portuguese
SPA= Spanish
TUR= Turkish
(IEC320, 115V, Type K)
(IEC320, 250V, Type B)
(IEC320, 250V, Type D)
(IEC320, 250V, Type C)
(IEC320, 250V, Type C)
(IEC320, 250V, Type E)
(IEC320, 125V, Type M)
(IEC320, 250V, Type L)
(IEC320, 250V, Type I)
(IEC320, 250V, Type H)
(IEC320, 250V, Type G)
* All CS260-10 models are shipped with the user-specified quick reference guide and language pack installed.
Available Accessories
Prepaid Calibration Plans
AFL recommends annual calibrations on NOYES Test and
Inspection products. Prepaid Cal plans offer two annual
calibrations at a discounted price, a convenient calibration
expiration email service, express calibration services and access
to the NOYES product knowledge base. Cal Plus plans offer the
same services as the Cal plans with the addition of a two year
extended warranty (three years total coverage).
DESCRIPTION
AFL NO.
Fiber Rings (use as launch or receive/tail fibers)
Standard, 1 single-mode fiber, 150 m (492 ft)
FR1-SM-150-y1-y2 a, b
Standard, 1 single-mode fiber, 500 m (1640 ft)
FR1-SM-500-y1-y2 a, b
Standard, 1 single-mode fiber, 1000 m (3280 ft)
FR1-SM-1000-y1-y2 a, b
Test Port Adapters
FC adapter for OTDR port
2900-50-0002MR
SC adapter for OTDR port
2900-50-0003MR
ST adapter for OTDR port
2900-50-0004MR
LC adapter for OTDR port
2900-50-0006MR
2.5 mm Universal adapter for VFL port
2900-53-0001MR
1.25 mm Universal adapter for VFL port
2900-53-0002MR
Universal flip-top dust cap for UCI outputs
8800-00-0072MR
TRM® 2.0 Test Results Manager
Upgrade TRM 2.0 Basic to TRM 2.0 Advanced
TRM-00-0920
MODEL
CS260-10
2 YR CAL PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-00-CS260-10
2 YR CAL PLUS PLAN
AFL NO
CAL2-01-CS260-10
Notes:
a. y1, y2 – connectors for single-mode cables, specify type as follows: ST, SC, ASC (angled SC), FC, AFC (angled FC), LC.
b. Other connector types, fiber types, and fiber lengths quoted upon request.
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. CS260-10-2000, Revision B, 2013-04-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
18
CS260-20 Contractor Series Metro/Access OTDR
The NOYES CS260-20 Contractor Series Metro/Access OTDR
from AFL is a dual-wavelength, 1310/1550 nm OTDR for
troubleshooting point-to-point metro/access optical networks up
to 60 km (40 miles) in length.
The CS260-20 provides extremely short event and attenuation dead
zones (0.8 and 3.5 m, respectively), enabling closely spaced events
to be individually resolved and measured in short access networks.
To further aid in locating faults within access points, splice
closures or indoor cabling, the CS260-20 includes an integrated
Visual Fault Locator (VFL, a visible red laser).
Intended for single-mode optical network installation verification
and troubleshooting, the CS260-20 is extremely easy to use. It
provides fully automatic OTDR parameter selection, automatic
event table generation and end-to-end length, loss and optical
return loss (ORL) summary. For expert users, the CS260-20 also
allows full control of OTDR parameters (range, pulse width,
averaging time, etc.).
Over 1000 OTDR test results may be saved in industry-standard
.SOR file format. Stored OTDR results may be transferred to
PC via USB port for viewing, analysis, and professional report
generation using included Windows® compatible TRM® 2.0 Basic
Test Results Manager software.
With its rugged construction, all-day battery operation, and a
display easily viewed in dimly lit COs or direct sunlight,
the CS260-20 is ideally suited for outside plant optical
network testing.
Features
•• 30/30 dB dynamic range @ 1310/1550 nm
•• 0.8 m event dead zone, 3.5 m attenuation dead zone
•• Full Auto, Expert and Real Time OTDR modes
•• Internal storage (>1000 OTDR traces, standard .SOR file format)
•• Transfer test results to PC via USB cable
•• Rugged, hand-held and lightweight
•• High-contrast display: clear and bright in any lighting condition,
including direct sunlight
•• >13-hour operation, fast charge, Li-Ion battery
•• Instant On; ready to test in <5 sec
•• Easy to learn and use
Applications
•• Verify metro/access fiber networks: measure loss and
reflectance of individual splices and connectors, as well as endto-end length, loss and optical return loss.
•• Troubleshoot point-to-point networks: locate fiber breaks
and source(s) of excess loss or reflectance in metro/access
networks at both 1310 and 1550 nm.
•• Visibly trace fibers or locate fiber bends or breaks:
inject visible red light into fiber using integrated Visual Fault
Locator (VFL). Pinpoint location of faults by detecting red light
emanating from macrobends or fiber breaks.
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. CS260-20-2000 Revision B, 2013-04-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
19
CS260-20 Contractor Series Metro/Access OTDR
Specifications a
OPTICAL TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER (OTDR)
Emitter Type
Laser
Safety Class
Class 1 FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Fiber Type
Single-mode
Wavelength
1310/1550 nm ±20 nm
Dynamic Range (SNR=1) b
30/30 dB
Event Dead Zone c
0.8 m
Attenuation Dead Zone d
3.5 m
Pulse Widths
5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns; 1, 3, 10 µs
Range Settings
250 m to 240 km
Data Points
Up to 30,000
Data Point Spacing
5.0 cm (range <1.5 km);
Range/30,000 (range >1.5 km)
Group Index of Refraction
1.4000 to 1.6000
Distance Uncertainty (m)
±(1 +0.005 % x distance + data point spacing)
Linearity
±0.05 dB/dB
Trace File Format
Bellcore GR-196 v1.1
Trace File Storage
Internal memory (>1000 traces)
Data Transfer to PC
USB cable
OTDR Modes
Full Auto, Expert, Real Time
VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR (VFL)
Emitter Type
Laser; 650 nm ± 20 nm
Safety Class
Class II FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Output Power (nominal)
0.8 mW into single-mode fiber
Modes
CW, 2 Hz flashing
GENERAL
Size (in boot)
20.1 x 13.0 x 5.3 cm (7.9 x 5.1 x 2.1 in)
Weight
0.84 kg (1.8 lb)
Operational Temperature
-10°C to +50°C, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
Storage Temperature
-20°C to +60°C, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
Power
Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC adapter
Battery Life
13.5 hours, Telcordia test conditions;
12.5 hours, backlight ON test continuous
Display
LCD, 320 x 240, 3.5 in (89 mm), color, high-contrast transflective with backlight and AR coating.
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25ºC unless otherwise specified.
b. Typical dynamic range measured using 10 µs pulse width with 3 minutes averaging.
c. Typical distance between the two points 1.5 dB down each side of a reflective spike caused by a -45 dB event using 5 ns pulse width.
d. Typical distance from the location of a -45 dB reflective event to point where trace falls and stays within 0.5 dB of backscatter, using a 5 ns pulse width.
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. CS260-20-2000 Revision B, 2013-04-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
20
CS260-20 Contractor Series Metro/Access OTDR
Ordering Information
The CS260-20 comes with a soft carry case, user-specified connector adapters for OTDR and VFL ports, USB cable (connects with Type
A USB port on your PC), AC power adapter with a country-specific power cord, rechargeable replaceable Li-Ion battery, and TRM®
2.0 Basic Test Results Manager software for PC-based trace viewing and report generation. When placing an order, select options as
follows: OTDR port ferrule type (F), connector adapter (CA), Language Pack (LLL)*, country-specific Power Cord (PC).
Example: CS260-20U-SC-ENG-01 indicates a CS260-20 1310/1550 Metro/Access OTDR with UPC port ferrule, SC OTDR connector
adapter, 2.5 mm Universal VFL adapter, English/Euro language pack, quick reference guide in English, and US power cord.
CS260
20
F
LLL
CA
PC
OTDR Port Ferrule (F)
Power Cord (PC)
A =APC
U =UPC
01 = USA
02 = Euro
03 = UK
04 = Australia
04 = China
05 = Denmark
06 = Japan
07 = Swiss
08 = Italy
09 = Israel
10 = India
Connector Adapters (CA)
SC = SC OTDR adapter plus Universal 2.5 mm VFL adapter
FC = FC OTDR adapter plus Universal 2.5 mm VFL adapter
LC = LC OTDR adapter plus Universal 1.25 mm VFL adapter
Quick Reference Guide Language (LLL)*
ENG= English
CHS = Chinese Simplified
CHT = Chinese Traditional
DEU= German
FRA= French
ITA=Italian
JPN= Japanese
KOR= Korean
POL= Polish
POR= Portuguese
SPA= Spanish
TUR= Turkish
(IEC320, 115V, Type K)
(IEC320, 250V, Type B)
(IEC320, 250V, Type D)
(IEC320, 250V, Type C)
(IEC320, 250V, Type C)
(IEC320, 250V, Type E)
(IEC320, 125V, Type M)
(IEC320, 250V, Type L)
(IEC320, 250V, Type I)
(IEC320, 250V, Type H)
(IEC320, 250V, Type G)
* All CS260-10 models are shipped with the user-specified quick reference guide and language pack installed.
Prepaid Calibration Plans
Available Accessories
AFL recommends annual calibrations on NOYES Test and
Inspection products. Prepaid Cal plans offer two annual
calibrations at a discounted price, a convenient calibration
expiration email service, express calibration services and access
to the NOYES product knowledge base. Cal Plus plans offer the
same services as the Cal plans with the addition of a two year
extended warranty (three years total coverage).
DESCRIPTION
AFL NO.
Fiber Rings (use as launch or receive/tail fibers)
Standard, 1 single-mode fiber, 150 m (492 ft)
FR1-SM-150-y1-y2 a, b
Standard, 1 single-mode fiber, 500 m (1640 ft)
FR1-SM-500-y1-y2 a, b
Standard, 1 single-mode fiber, 1000 m (3280 ft)
FR1-SM-1000-y1-y2 a, b
Test Port Adapters
FC adapter for OTDR port
SC adapter for OTDR port
ST adapter for OTDR port
LC adapter for OTDR port
2.5 mm Universal adapter for VFL port
1.25 mm Universal adapter for VFL port
Universal flip-top dust cap for UCI outputs
TRM® 2.0 Test Results Manager
2900-50-0002MR
2900-50-0003MR
2900-50-0004MR
2900-50-0006MR
2900-53-0001MR
2900-53-0002MR
8800-00-0072MR
Upgrade TRM 2.0 Basic to TRM 2.0 Advanced
TRM-00-0920
MODEL
CS260-20
2 YR CAL PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-00-CS260-20
2 YR CAL PLUS PLAN
AFL NO
CAL2-01-CS260-20
Notes:
a. y1, y2 – connectors for single-mode cables, specify type as follows: ST, SC, ASC (angled SC), FC, AFC (angled FC), LC.
b. Other connector types, fiber types, and fiber lengths quoted upon request.
FIBER SYSTEM
YES
S
NO
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
9001
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
ISO
CERTIFIED
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. CS260-20-2000 Revision B, 2013-04-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
21
M310 Enterprise OTDR
Designed for Enterprise Network Testing, Troubleshooting and Documentation
Features
•• Industry leading TruEvent™ analysis
•• Short dead zones provide precise testing of closely
spaced events
•• Front Panel and First Connector Check
•• Live fiber detection
•• Inspection capable with DFS1 Digital FiberScope
•• Integrated Source, Power Meter and VFL
•• Multiple languages supported, see page 26
Applications
•• Enterprise network
•• Data Center
•• LAN/WAN
•• Campus and military fiber networks and more
Rugged, lightweight and easy to hold, the M310 has a Touch and Test user interface that makes it easy for experts and novices to test
and document fiber networks accurately and quickly. With dynamic range up to 38 dB, and 16 hour battery run time, M310 provides
complete Tier 1 insertion loss and Tier 2 OTDR testing. Using pre-set Industry ISO/TIA standards or user set Pass/Fail thresholds,
technicians are alerted to installation problems and failures in easy-to-interpret event table. Pass/Fail event table and trace are
displayed on the same screen for easy correlation.
© 2012-2014, AFL, all rights reserved. M310-00-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-09-16
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
22
M310 Enterprise OTDR
M310 Models and Included Adapters
850
WAVELENGTHS (nm)
1300
1310
1550
OPM PORT ADAPTERS
DYNAMIC RANGE (dB)
OTDR PORT ADAPTERS
AFL BASE MODEL NO.
30/30/38/37
SC, FC, ST
SC, 2.5 mm Universal
M310-25
30/30
SC, ST
SC, 2.5 mm Universal
M310-22
38/37
SC, FC
SC, 2.5 mm Universal
M310-20
All M310 OTDRs include a USB flash drive, AC adapter, UCI switchable test port adapters, TRM® 2.0 (Basic License) and quick reference
guide. For customer’s convenience, AFL presents several kits options. For detailed contents of each kit, please see page 26.
TruEvent™
The M310’s TruEvent technology is the result of extensive research into the properties of fiber optic cable events and provides a new
level of event detection accuracy and reliability in field test equipment. Taking full advantage of the unit’s short dead zone and adding
improved event accuracy, this is the best performing OTDR for enterprise and data center applications. With the push of a single button,
users can be confident of obtaining accurate locations and measurements of all events, without the confusing introduction of false
events.
Testing and Inspection
The M310 is easy to use (Touch and Test®) and comes standard with an integrated source, power meter, visual fault locator, and
inspection capability. No surprise ‘add-on’ charges for these commonly needed support functions.
•• Wave ID Source and Power Meter
Enables multi-wavelength insertion loss testing with automatic wavelength synchronization, reducing test time and eliminating
setup errors.
•• Source with Tone Generation
Use with Optical Fiber Identifier to reliably distinguish in-service fibers from out-of-service fibers carrying test tone.
•• Visual Fault Locator
Visibly locate far-end of specific fiber; precisely pinpoint macrobends or breaks in splice enclosures and cabinets.
Advanced Analysis (AA)
The AA option adds macro/microbend detection and bi-directional trace analysis to the M310 OTDR. M310s purchased with the AA
option also include TRM 2.0 Advanced Analysis PC software.
•• Macro/Microbend
Macro/Microbend detection helps technicians identify installation problems. Excessive bends or stress on fibers appear as increased
attenuation at higher wavelengths. These bends or stresses are indicated on the Event Table with a special icon.
•• Bi-directional Trace Analysis
Bi-directional trace analysis, used to resolve splice loss measurement errors due to fiber mismatch, takes the measurement of the loss in
both directions, then calculates a two-way average to provide a more accurate loss measurement.
Data storage and reporting
Thousands of test results may be stored internally or on the supplied USB drive. Test results are transferable, via USB cable or USB
drive, to a computer for viewing, printing, and analyzing with the supplied Windows® compatible TRM® 2.0 Basic Analysis and
Documentation Software (Test Results Manager). The supplied TRM 2.0 Basic is licensed for installation on up to 5 PCs.
© 2012-2014, AFL, all rights reserved. M310-00-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-09-16
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
23
M310 Enterprise OTDR
Specifications
a
OTDR
Emitter Type
Safety Class
MULTIMODE
Laser
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11; IEC 60825-1:2007-03
SINGLE-MODE
Laser
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11; IEC 60825-1:2007-03
Center Wavelengths
850/1300 nm
1310/1550 nm
Wavelength Tolerance
±20/±30 nm
±20/±30 nm
Launch Condition n
Live Fiber Detection m
Dynamic Range (SNR = 1) b
Event Dead Zone c
Controlled Launch at 850 nm n
Yes
30/30 dB
0.8 m
N/A
Yes
38/37 dB
0.8 m
Attenuation Dead Zone d
Pulse Widths
Range Settings
Sampling Points
Minimum Data Point Spacing e
Group Index of Refraction (GIR)
2.5/2.7 m
5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns, 1 µs,
250 m to 30 km
Up to 120,000
3 cm
1.4000 to 1.6000
3.0 m
5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns, 1, 3, 10 µs, 20 µs
250 m to 240 km
Up to 120,000
3 cm
1.4000 to 1.6000
Distance Uncertainty/Accuracy f
Linearity g
Loss Threshold
Loss Resolution
Reflectance Range p, h
±(1 +0.005 % x distance + data point spacing)
±0.05 dB/dB
0.02 dB
0.01 dB
850 nm: -14 to -58 dB (typical)
1300 nm: -14 to -63 dB (typical)
0.01 dB
±2 dB
>2 Hz
Reflectance Resolution
Reflectance Accuracy h
Real Time Refresh Rate j
Units
OTDR Modes
Trace File Format
Trace File Storage Medium
Trace File Storage Capacity
Trace File Transfer to PC
±(1 +0.005 % x distance + data point spacing)
±0.05 dB/dB
0.02 dB
0.01 dB
1310 nm -14 to -65 dB (typical)
1550 nm -14 to -65 dB (typical)
0.01 dB
±2 dB
>2 Hz
m, km, ft, kft, mi
Full Auto, Expert, Real-Time
Bellcore GR-196 Version 1.1, Telcordia SR -4731 Issue 2
Internal and USB
>1000 internal, 1000s on USB
USB
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 23°C ±2°C (73.4°F ±3.6°F) unless otherwise specified.
b. Longest Range and Pulse Width, 3 minutes Averaging Time, normal resolution.
c. Typical distance between the two points 1.5 dB down each side of a reflective spike caused by a -40 dB (multimode)
or -45 dB (single-mode) event using 10 ns pulse width.
d. Typical distance from event location to point where trace is within 0.5 dB of backscatter.
e. Range <8 km.
f. Does not include GIR uncertainty. Is based on the trace and user positioned cursors.
g.Typical.
h. For a non-saturated event.
j. 2 km Range, 100 ns.
m.Signals greater than -20 dBm MMF and -30 dBm SMF will trigger the Live Fiber Indication warning.
n. Comparable to Encircled Flux loss measurement on OM4 fiber networks.
p. For OM1 fiber typical Backscatter Coefficient @ 850 nm -68 dB, @ 1300 nm -76 dB and attenuation coefficient @850 nm 2.77 dB, @1300 nm 0.52 dB.
For OS1-OS2 fiber typical Backscatter Coefficient @ 1310 nm -79.6 dB, @1550 nm -82 dB and attenuation coefficient @1300 nm 0.31 dB, @1550 nm 0.18 dB.
© 2012-2014, AFL, all rights reserved. M310-00-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-09-16
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
24
M310 Enterprise OTDR
Specifications
a
OLS (STANDARD)
Emitter Type
Center Wavelengths (nm)
Spectral Width (FWHM)
Internal Modulation
Wavelength ID (Single/dual)
Output Power Stability b
Output Power (CW) c
OPM (STANDARD)
Calibrated Wavelengths
Detector Type
Display Range d
Accuracy @ -10 dBm
Resolution
Measurement Units
Wavelength ID e
Set Reference
Data Storage
Tone Detection f
VFL (STANDARD)
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Wavelength
Output Power g
GENERAL
Display Type
Laser, Class 1 (FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
and IEC 60825-1:2007-03)
SM – 1310/1550 ±20/30 nm;
MM – 850/1300 ±20/30 nm
5 nm max
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 KHz, 2 KHz, CW
On/Off
SM < ±0.1 dB, MM < ±0.2 dB
-3 dBm ±1.5 dB
Display Resolution
Size (in boot)
Weight
Drop Test
Power
850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 nm
(displays up to 3 simultaneously)
InGaAs 2 mm
+6 to -70 dBm
±0.25 dB
0.01 dB
dB, dBm, mW
Wave IDTM
Yes
Yes
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz
Battery Life h
Recharge Time i
Auto Shut Off
Connectivity
Operating Temperature
3.5-inch transflective color, high contrast, high
reflectivity (20%) for optimum indoor/outdoor
viewing with touchscreen
QVGA 240 x 320
23 x 11 x 7 cm (8.8 x 4.3 x 2.8 in)
<1.0 kg (< 2.0 lb)
GR-196-CORE
Removable Li-ion or AC/DC power adapter (input
100-240 V, ~1.5 A 47-63 Hz) output 18 V DC/3.6
A (can test while charging,
can operate on AC with battery removed)
16 hours
4 hours
0-60 minutes
USB host/full speed 1.1
-18°C to +50°C
Storage Temperature
-30°C to +60°C
Relative Humidity
0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
DFS1 DIGITAL FIBERSCOPE SUPPORT
Field of View
400 x 300 µm
Optical Resolution
4 µm
Detection Capability
2 µm
Laser
Class II FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11; IEC
825-1:1993, 60825-1:2007-03
635 nm ±20 nm
0 dBm (1 mW)
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 23°C ±2°C (73.4°F ±3.6°F) unless otherwise specified.
b. Over 1 hour after 15 minute warmup of unit.
c. Single-mode: SMF-2 fiber; Multimode: 50 um fiber
d. Measurement Range: +3 to -65 dBm for 1300 to 1625 nm, and +3 to -60 dBm for 850 nm.
e. Wavelength ID Range: +3 to -50 dBm for 1300 to 1625 nm, and +3 to -40 dBm for 850 nm.
f. Tone Detect Range: +3 to -50 dBm 1300 to 1625 nm, and +3 to -40 dBm for 850 nm.
g. Typical output power.
h. Typical with new battery, per GR-196-Core Issue 2.
i. Typical, from fully discharged to fully charged state, unit may be operating.
© 2012-2014, AFL, all rights reserved. M310-00-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-09-16
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
25
M310 Enterprise OTDR
Ordering Information
M310
NN
P
HC
01
O
AA
Advanced Analysis option (AA)
Advanced Analysis on M310 and
TRM Advanced Analysis software
Optical Configuration (NN)
25 = 850/1300 nm MM and 1310/1550 nm SM
22 = 850/1300 nm MM
20 = 1310/1550 nm SM
Packaging option (P)
U =Unit
K =Kit
Hard Case option (HC)
Select (HC) only if ordering hard case
Additional Option
blank = no additional hardware
1 =DFS1
2 = DFS1 and OLS
Example: M310-20K-01-HC2-AA
This order is for the M310 single-mode OTDR with 1310/1550 optical configuration. It’s a kit with hard case, DFS1, OLS, and advanced analysis. DFS1
and OLS are additional hardware.
Below is the chart for your ordering convenience:
INTEGRATED OPTION
VFL
OPM
OLS
ADDITIONAL OPTION CASE OPTION AA OPTION AFL NO. a, c
DFS1
OLS
HARD SOFT
M310-25U-01
M310-22U-01
M310-20U-01
M310-25U-01-AA
M310-20U-01-AA
M310-25U-01-HC
M310-22U-01-HC
M310-20U-01-HC
M310-25U-01-HC-AA
M310-20U-01-HC-AA
M310-25K-01-HC1 b
M310-22K-01-HC1 b
M310-20K-01-HC1 b
M310-25K-01-HC1-AA b
M310-20K-01-HC1-AA b
OLS4
M310-25K-01-HC2 b
OLS2-Dual
M310-22K-01-HC2 b
OLS1-Dual
M310-20K-01-HC2 b
OLS4
M310-25K-01-HC2-AA b
OLS1-Dual
M310-20K-01-HC2-AA b
Notes:
a. Specify Language for OTDR Quick Reference Guide:
English,Chinese Simplified, Chinese Traditional,German, French, Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish, Turkish and Japanese.
b. When ordering, specify DFS1 model. The DFS1 Digital FiberScope kit is available as either PC/UPC inspection kit (DFS1-00-04XU model)
or APC inspection kit (DFS1-004XA model).
c. Specify Language for OTDR operating environment: English, Chinese (Simplified and Traditional), and Japanese.
© 2012-2014, AFL, all rights reserved. M310-00-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-09-16
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
26
M310 Enterprise OTDR with Advanced Analysis
Accessories, Upgrades, and Calibration Plans
DESCRIPTION
Inspection
DFS1 Digital FiberScope PC/UPC inspection kit
DFS1 Digital FiberScope APC inspection kit
DFS1 Digital FiberScope kit without adapters
Fiber Rings
50/125 µm multimode, 150 m
Laser Optimized, 50 µm multimode, 150 m
62.5/125 mm multimode, 150 m
Single-mode, 150 m
Cleaning
Wet Cleaning kit for SC/FC/ST/LC connectors
Dry Cleaning kit
Basic Cleaning kit with carry case (includes OneClicks, FCC2 cleaning fluid, FiberWipes, Cletop SB)
Basic Cleaning kit with MPO Cleaners and carry
case (includes One-Clicks, FCC2 cleaning fluid,
FiberWipes, Cletop SB, MPO/MTP Cleaner)
One-Click Cleaner SC, ST, FC (500+ cleans)
One-Click Cleaner LC/MU (500+ cleans)
One-Click Mini-100 SC, ST, FC (100+ cleans)
One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU (100+ cleans)
One-Click Cleaner Ultra 2.5 SC, ST, FC
(enlarged cleaning)
One-Click Ultra Cleaner D-LC
(Duplex LC, 500 cleans x 2)
MPO/MTP® Cleaner (MPO-CLK-B)
Software Optional Features
OTDR Advanced Analysis Software
OTDR Advanced Analysis Software delivered by email
OTDR and TRM Advanced Analysis Software
OTDR and TRM Advanced Analysis Software
delivered by email
AFL NO.
DESCRIPTION
AFL NO.
OTDR M310 OLS software
SOFT-00-OLS
(for v2.2.53 and lower version)
OTDR M310 OLS software
SOFT-00-OLS-EML
(for v2.2.53 and lower version) delivered by email
Reporting software add-on
TRM 2.0 Basic Software
TRM-00-0900PR
(OTDR Trace/OLTS Viewer, Batch Editor & Reports)
TRM 2.0 Advanced Software
TRM-00-0910PR
(Basic TRM plus Advanced Features & Reports)
TRM 2.0 upgrade from Basic to Advanced Software
TRM-00-0920PR
Calibration Plan (2 years Calibration plan) b
M310-25K-HC2
CAL2-00-M310-25K-HC2
M310-22K-HC2
CAL2-00-M310-22K-HC2
M310-20K-HC2
CAL2-00-M310-20K-HC2
M310-25U-01, -HC, -HC1
CAL2-00-M310-25
M310-22U-01, -HC, -HC1
CAL2-00-M310-22
M310-20U-01, -HC, -HC1
CAL2-00-M310-20
Calibration and Warranty plan (2 years Calibration Plus plan) c
M310-25K-HC2
CAL2-01-M310-25K-HC2
M310-22K-HC2
CAL2-01-M310-22K-HC2
M310-20K-HC2
CAL2-01-M310-20K-HC2
M310-25U-01, -HC, -HC1
CAL2-01-M310-25
M310-22U-01, -HC, -HC1
CAL2-01-M310-22
M310-20U-01, -HC, -HC1
CAL2-01-M310-20
DFS-00-04XU
DFS-00-04XA
DFS-00-04XN
FR1-M5-150-x1-x2 a
FR1-L5-150-x1-x2 a
FR1-M6-150-x1-x2 a
FR1-SM-150-y1-y2 a
8500-20-0900
8500-20-0901
FCP2-00-0900
FCP2-00-0901
8500-05-0001MZ
8500-05-0002MZ
8500-05-0005MZ
8500-05-0006MZ
8500-05-0007MZ
8500-05-0008MZ
Note:
a. When ordering Fiber Rings, specify connector types (x1, x2, y1, y2).
b. Prepaid Cal plans offer two annual calibrations at a discounted price, calibration
expiration email service and express calibration.
c. Cal Plus plans offer the same services as the Cal plans with the addition of a
two year extended warranty (three years total coverage).
CS000710
SOFT-00-AAS
SOFT-00-AAS-EML
SOFT-00-AAPK
SOFT-01-AAPK
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2012-2014, AFL, all rights reserved. M310-00-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-09-16
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
27
M210 Multifunction Micro OTDR
Test, Troubleshoot and Document Single-mode and Multimode Fiber Networks
Features
•• 30 dB dynamic range single-mode
•• 16-hour battery life
•• Remote display capable
•• Touch and Test® intuitive user interface
•• New faster processor
•• Crisp bright display for indoor/outdoor viewing
•• Integrated OPM standard; integrated VFL standard
•• Inspection capable with DFS1 Digital FiberScope
•• Rugged, hand-held, lightweight (<1 kg)
•• Prepaid Calibration plans, Cal and Cal Plus
Test Modes
•• Full Auto OTDR – Normal (point-to-point) fiber cable construction
testing and fault location
•• Expert OTDR – Full function OTDR for experienced users includes
Auto and Auto-Once setup
•• Real-Time OTDR – Fault location, splice verification
•• Optical Power Meter – Measure optical power or fiber loss
•• Visual Fault Locator – Red laser for fiber bend and break location
Languages supported
•• English
•• French
•• German
•• Italian
•• Polish
•• Spanish
•• Portuguese
•• Turkish
•• Chinese (Simplified, Traditional)
M210 OTDR with DFS1 Digital FiberScope
The NOYES M210 is the only inspection ready QUAD OTDR that combines OTDR, OPM and VFL capability with a proven, easy-to-use
and easy-to-learn user interface. The M210 is the latest addition to the M200 family of OTDRs. Like other members of the M200 family,
the M210 offers the intuitive Touch and Test user interface in a rugged, lightweight, easy-to-hold package ready for field use. The M210
features a more powerful processing engine, a higher resolution display and, for the first time in an OTDR of its size, an integrated
Optical Power Meter.
Touch and Test simplifies the M210 user experience, minimizes human errors and reduces training time by providing one-touch access
to the Full-Auto, Expert and Real-Time OTDR test modes, OPM measurement mode as well as the Results Management and Job
Creation menus. The M210 allows setting Pass/Fail thresholds to industry standard TIA/ISO or user-values and will automatically alert
users of failing fibers. Touch and Test enables both experts and novices alike to complete jobs more accurately and in less time.
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. M210-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2013-05-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
28
M210 Multifunction Micro OTDR
M210 OTDR Soft and Hard Case Options
The M210 micro OTDR is available as a single-mode, multimode or single-mode/
multimode model in either a soft or hard case and as part of a QUAD Certification
kit or QUAD Test and Inspection kit. M210 OTDRs are ideal for testing, analyzing and
troubleshooting enterprise, LAN/WAN, campus and military single-mode and multimode
(62.5 and 50 micron) fiber networks.
M210 QUAD Certification Kit (Tier 1 and Tier 2)
All M210 models support IEC 61300-3-35 fiber end-face visual inspection practices
using a NOYES DFS1 Digital FiberScope. OTDR traces (.sor format), OPM measurement
results and fiber end-face images can be saved together in a job. These results can be
downloaded to a computer for analyzing and editing using the included companion,
NOYES Test Results Manager, TRM® 2.0 Basic application software.
M210 QUAD Certification Kit in Hard Transit Case
M210 QUAD Test and Inspection Kit (Tier 2)
This kit is designed for integrated single-mode and multimode Tier 1 and Tier 2 testing
with fiber end-face image capture. The M210 stores OTDR traces, loss readings and
end-face images in a logical Job Structure for each fiber. Review results on the M210
and transfer to a PC for analysis and acceptance report documentation using included
companion TRM® (Test Results Manager) software. In TRM, apply standards and
applications to loss readings to assure fibers meet the increasing bandwidth needs
of fiber networks such as 10 GbE. This kit includes the QUAD M210, OLS4 LED/Laser
Source, DFS1 FiberScope and cleaning accessories in a compact hard transit case.
The hard transit case is a rugged, injection molded ABS case with a full length hinge,
padlock loops, secure latches and O-ring seal to protect the contents from dust and
water. The case is large enough to hold test, inspection and cleaning accessories and
small enough to carry on an airplane. See accessories page.
M210 QUAD Test and Inspection Kit in Hard Transit Case
This kit is designed for performing Tier 2 OTDR testing and troubleshooting and end-face
inspection. This kit includes the QUAD M210, DFS1 FiberScope and cleaning accessories
in a compact rugged hard transit case. See accessories page.
M210 OTDR in Hard Transit Case
M210 OTDR in Hard Transit Case
Available in SM, MM or QUAD OTDR models. The hard transit case is large enough for
optional test, inspection and cleaning accessories. See accessories page.
M210 OTDR in Soft Case
Available in SM, MM or QUAD OTDR models. The soft case has a shoulder strap and a
large pocket to simplify carrying equipment in the field. The pocket is large enough to
accommodate cleaning and test accessories. See accessories page
M210 OTDR in Soft Case
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. M210-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2013-05-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
29
M210 Multifunction Micro OTDR
Test Results Manager Software
Test, Inspection and Cleaning Accessories
Using TRM® (Test Results Manager), the companion PC software
included with all M210 OTDRs, users can create acceptance
reports conforming to industry guidelines. TRM allows users to
create customized cover pages with their company logos and
generate results pages showing dual wavelength traces and
event tables, end-face image, Event Map and loss data for
each fiber.
DFS1 FiberScope Inspection Kit
SC, ST, FC LC/MU
FCP2-00-0900 Basic Cleaning Kit
D-LC
Ultra 2.5
Mini-100 SC, ST, FC, LC/MU
One-Click Cleaner Series
Accessories Ordering Information
DESCRIPTION
DFS1 Digital FiberScope PC/UPC inspection kit
DFS1 Digital FiberScope APC inspection kit
DFS1 Digital FiberScope kit without adapters
Fiber Ring, 50/125 µm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, Laser Optimized, 50 µm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, 62.5/125 mm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, single-mode, 150 m
Wet Cleaning kit for SC/FC/ST/LC connectors
Dry Cleaning kit
Basic Cleaning kit with carry case (includes One-Clicks,
FCC2 cleaning fluid, FiberWipes, Cletop SB)
Basic Cleaning kit with MPO Cleaners and carry case
(includes One-Clicks, FCC2 cleaning fluid, FiberWipes,
Cletop SB, MPO/MTP Cleaner)
One-Click Cleaner SC, ST, FC (500+ cleans)
One-Click Cleaner LC/MU (500+ cleans)
One-Click Mini-100 SC, ST, FC (100+ cleans)
One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU (100+ cleans)
One-Click Cleaner Ultra 2.5 SC, ST, FC (enlarged cleaning)
One-Click Ultra Cleaner D-LC (Duplex LC, 500 cleans x 2)
TRM® (Test Results Manager) Certification report page
AFL NO.
DFS1-00-04XU
DFS1-00-04XA
DFS1-00-04XN
FR1-M5-150-x1-x2 a
FR1-L5-150-x1-x2 a
FR1-M6-150-x1-x2 a
FR1-SM-150-y1-y2 a
8500-20-0900
8500-20-0901
FCP2-00-0900
FCP2-00-0901
8500-05-0001MZ
8500-05-0002MZ
8500-05-0005MZ
8500-05-0006MZ
8500-05-0007MZ
8500-05-0008MZ
Note:
a. When ordering Fiber Rings, specify connector types (x1, x2, y1, y2).
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. M210-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2013-05-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
30
M210 Multifunction Micro OTDR
Specifications a
OTDR
Emitter Type
Safety Class
MULTIMODE
Laser
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11; IEC 60825-1:2007-03
SINGLE-MODE
Laser
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11; IEC 60825-1:2007-03
Center Wavelengths
850/1300 nm
1310/1550 nm
Wavelength Tolerance
±20/±30 nm
±20/±30 nm
Dynamic Range (SNR = 1) b
26 dB
30 dB
Event Dead Zone c
1.5 m
1.5 m
Attenuation Dead Zone d
Pulse Widths
Range Settings
Sampling Points
Minimum Data Point Spacing e
Group Index of Refraction (GIR)
9m
10, 30, 100, 300 ns, 1 µs, 3 µs m
250 m to 32 km
Up to 16,000
0.25 m
1.4000 to 1.6000
9m
10, 30, 100, 300 ns, 1, 3, 10 µs
250 m to 208 km
Up to 16,000
0.25 m
1.4000 to 1.6000
Distance Uncertainty/Accuracy f
Linearity g
Loss Threshold
Loss Resolution
Reflectance Resolution
Reflectance Accuracy h
Real Time Refresh Rate
Units
OTDR Modes
Trace File Format
Trace File Storage Medium
Trace File Storage Capacity
Trace File Transfer to PC
±(1 + 0.005 % x distance + data point spacing)
±0.05 dB/dB
0.02 dB
0.01 dB
0.01 dB
±2 dB
1 Hz j
±(1 + 0.005 % x distance + data point spacing)
±0.05 dB/dB
0.02 dB
0.01 dB
0.01 dB
±2 dB
1 Hz k
m, km, ft, kft, mi
Full Auto, Expert, Real-Time
Bellcore GR-196 Version 1.1
Internal and USB
>1000 internal, 1000s on USB
USB
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 23°C ±2°C (73.4°F ±3.6°F) unless otherwise specified.
b. Longest Range and Pulse Width, 3 minutes Averaging Time, Filter on.
c. Typical distance between the two points 1.5 dB down each side of a reflective spike caused by a -40 dB (multimode)
or -45 dB (single-mode) event using 10 ns pulse width.
d. Typical distance from event location to point where trace is within 0.5 dB of backscatter.
e. Range <8 km.
f. Does not include GIR uncertainty.
g.Typical.
h. For a non-saturated event.
j. 16 km Range, Filter off.
k. 32 km Range, Filter off.
m.3 µs @ 1300 nm
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. M210-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2013-05-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
31
M210 Multifunction Micro OTDR
Specifications a
OPM (STANDARD)
Calibrated Wavelengths
Detector Type
Display Range b
Accuracy @ -10 dBm
Resolution
Measurement Units
Wavelength ID c
Set Reference
Data Storage
Tone Detection d
VFL (STANDARD)
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Wavelength
Output Power (nominal)
GENERAL
Display Type
Size (in boot)
Weight
Power
Battery Life e
Recharge Time f
Auto Shut Off
Connectivity
Operating Temperature
850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 nm (displays up to 3 simultaneously)
InGaAs 2mm
+6 to -70 dBm
±0.25 dB
0.01 dB
dB, dBm, mW
Yes
Yes
Yes
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz
Laser
Class II FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11; IEC 825-1:1993, 60825-1:2007-03
635 nm ±20 nm
0.8 mW
3.5-inch transflective color, high contrast, high reflectivity (20%) for optimum indoor/outdoor viewing , QVGA with touchscreen
23 x 11 x 7 cm (8.8 x 4.3 x 2.8 in)
<1.4 kg (3 lb)
Removable Li-ion or AC/DC power adapter (input 100-240 V, ~1.5 A 47-63 Hz) output 18 V DC/3.6 A (can test while charging,
can operate on AC with battery removed)
16 hours
4 hours
0-60 minutes
USB host/full speed 1.1
-10°C to +50°C
Storage Temperature
Relative Humidity
DFS1 DIGITAL FIBERSCOPE SUPPORT
Field of View
Optical Resolution
Detection Capability
-20°C to +60°C
0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
400 x 300 µm
4 µm
2 µm
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 23°C ±2°C (73.4°F ±3.6°F) unless otherwise specified.
b. Measurement Range:
+3 to -65 dBm for 1300 to 1625 nm, and +3 to -60 dBm for 850 nm
c. Wavelength ID Range:
+3 to -50 dBm for 1300 to 1625 nm, and +3 to -40 dBm for 850 nm
d. Tone Detect Range:
+3 to -50 dBm 1300 to 1625 nm, and +3 to -40 dBm for 850 nm
e. Typical with new battery, per GR-196-Core Issue 2.
f. Typical, from fully discharged to fully charged state, unit may be operating.
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. M210-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2013-05-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
32
M210 Multifunction Micro OTDR
M210 Models and Included Adapters
WAVELENGTHS (nm)
850
1300
1310
OPM PORT
ADAPTERS
AFL BASE
MODEL NO.
SC, FC
SC, 2.5 mm Universal
M210-20
26/26
SC, ST
SC, 2.5 mm Universal
M210-22
26/26/30/30
SC, FC, ST
SC, 2.5 mm Universal
M210-25
DYNAMIC OTDR PORT
RANGE (dB) ADAPTERS
1550
30/30
All M210 OTDRs include a USB flash
drive, an AC adapter, UCI switchable
adapters for OTDR and OPM ports, trace
analysis and documentation software and
a quick reference guide.
Ordering Information
DESCRIPTION
M210 QUAD Certification Kit (Tier 1 and 2): M210 QUAD, OLS4, DFS1* in hard case
M210 QUAD Test and Inspection Kit (Tier 2): M210 QUAD, DFS1* in hard case
AFL NO.
M210-25K-01-HC2
M210-25K-01-HC1
* When ordering, specify DFS1 model. The DFS1 FiberScope kit is available as either PC/UPC inspection kit
(DFS1-00-04XU model) or APC inspection kit (DFS1-004XA model).
M210 OTDR, SM (1310/1550), OPM, VFL in hard case
M210 OTDR, MM (850/1300) OPM, VFL in hard case
M210-20U-01-HC
M210-22U-01-HC
M210 OTDR, QUAD (850/1300/1310/1550), OPM, VFL in hard case
M210 OTDR, SM (1310/1550) OPM, VFL in soft case
M210 OTDR, MM (850/1300) OPM, VFL in soft case
M210 OTDR, QUAD (850/1300/1310/1550), OPM, VFL in soft case
M210-25U-01-HC
M210-20U-01
M210-22U-01
M210-25U-01
M210
NN
U
When ordering, select options as follows:
Optical Configuration (NN), (U) for UPC
connection and Language (LL). Add (HC)
only if ordering the hard case option.
Example: M210-25U-01-HC -> This
model number indicates M210 QUAD
with the English/European language pack
in the optional hard case.
HC
LLL
Hard Case option (HC)
(Select (HC) only if ordering hard case option)
Optical Configuration (NN)
20 = 1310/1550 nm SM
22 = 850/1300 nm MM
25 = 850/1300 nm MM and 1310/1550 nm SM
Quick Reference Guide Language (LLL)*
ENG=
CHS=
CHT=
DEU=
OTDR port ferrule (U = UPC)
English
Chinese, Simplified
Chinese, Traditional
German
FRA= French
ITA=Italian
POL= Polish
POR= Portuguese
SPA= Spanish
TUR= Turkish
*Specify Language for OTDR Quick Reference Guide
Calibration Plans
M210 OTDR AND/OR KIT
MODEL
M210-25K-01-HC1
M210-25K-01-HC2
M210-20U-01-HC
M210-22U-01-HC
M210-25U-01-HC
M210-20U-01
M210-22U-01
M210-25U-01
2 YR CAL PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-00-M210-25K-HC1
CAL2-00-M210-25K-HC2
CAL2-00-M210-20
CAL2-00-M210-22
CAL2-00-M210-25
CAL2-00-M210-20
CAL2-00-M210-22
CAL2-00-M210-25
2 YR CAL PLUS PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-01-M210-25K-HC1
CAL2-01-M210-25K-HC2
CAL2-01-M210-20
CAL2-01-M210-22
CAL2-01-M210-25
CAL2-01-M210-20
CAL2-01-M210-22
CAL2-01-M210-25
Prepaid Cal plans offer two annual
calibrations at a discounted price, a
convenient calibration expiration email
service, express calibration services and
access to the NOYES product knowledge
base. Cal Plus plans offer the same
services as the Cal plans with the
addition of a two year extended warranty
(three years total coverage).
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2012-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. M210-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2013-05-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
33
M210 OTDR Hard Case Mining Kits
M210 QUAD OTDR
The NOYES M210 is the only inspection ready QUAD OTDR that combines OTDR, OPM
and VFL capability with a proven, easy-to-use and easy-to-learn user interface. The
M210 QUAD OTDR with the TOUCH AND TEST® user interface is a rugged portable OTDR
proven to meet the demands of the mining environment. TOUCH AND TEST simplifies the
M210 user experience, minimizes human errors and reduces training time by providing
one-touch access to the Full-Auto, Expert and Real-Time OTDR test modes, OPM
measurement mode as well as the Results Management and Job Creation menus. The
M210 allows setting Pass/Fail thresholds to industry standard TIA/ISO or user-values and
will automatically alert users of failing fibers. The M210 is ideal for testing, analyzing
and troubleshooting both single-mode and multimode fiber networks.
Hard case kits are rugged, injection molded ABS case with a full length hinge, padlock
loops, secure latches and O-ring seal to protect the contents from dust and water. The
case is large enough to carry test, inspection and cleaning accessories, yet small enough
to carry on an airplane. See Page 2 for available accessories.
M210 QUAD Certification Test and Inspection Kit: M210-25K-01-HC2
M210 QUAD Certification Kit
This kit is designed for integrated single-mode and multimode Tier 1 and Tier 2 testing
with fiber end-face image capture. The M210 stores OTDR traces, loss readings and endface images in a logical Job Structure for each fiber. This kit includes the QUAD M210,
OLS4 LED/Laser Source, DFS1 FiberScope and cleaning accessories. Order fiber rings and
jumpers separately to meet your specific fiber applications; see page 2.
M210 QUAD Test and Inspection Kit: M210-25K-01-HC1
M210 QUAD Test and Inspection Kit
This kit is designed for performing Tier 2 OTDR testing and troubleshooting with fiber
end-face image capture for documentation. This kit includes the QUAD M210, DFS1
FiberScope and cleaning accessories. Order fiber rings and jumpers separately to meet
your specific fiber applications; see page 2.
M210 QUAD OTDR and Inspection Scope Kit: M210-MNG
This kit is designed for performing Tier 2 OTDR testing and troubleshooting and end-face
inspection (no end face capture). This kit includes the QUAD M210, VS300, cleaning
accessories and fiber rings. Additional accessories may be ordered separately to meet
your specific fiber applications; see page 2.
Test Results Manager, TRM® is included with each kit to users to store results, analyze
traces, end face images and loss values and to create acceptance reports.
Languages supported: English, French, German, Italian, Polish, Portuguese
and Spanish.
M210 QUAD OTDR and Scope Kit
For M210, OLS4, DFS1 and VS300 specifications please see respective data sheets which
are available at www.aflglobal.com.
© 2006-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. M210-MK-2000 Revision 1A, 2013-02-18
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
34
M210 OTDR Hard Case Mining Kits
WAVELENGTHS (NM)
850
1300
1310
DYNAMIC RANGE (DB)
OTDR PORT ADAPTERS
OPM PORT ADAPTERS
AFL BASE MODEL NO.
26/26/30/30
SC, FC, ST
SC, 2.5 mm Univ.
M210-25
1550
All M210 OTDRs include a USB flash drive, an AC adapter, UCI switchable adapters for OTDR and OPM ports, One-Click Cleaners,
TRM trace analysis and documentation software and a quick reference guide (Specify language when ordering).
DESCRIPTION
M210 QUAD Certification Kit (Tier 1 and 2): M210 QUAD, OLS4, DFS1* in hard case
M210 QUAD Test and Inspection Kit (Tier 2): M210 QUAD, DFS1* in hard case
AFL NO.
M210-25K-01-HC2
M210-25K-01-HC1
* When ordering, specify DFS1 model. The DFS1 FiberScope kit is available as either PC/UPC inspection kit (DFS1-00-04XU model) or APC inspection kit
(DFS1-004XA model).
DESCRIPTION AND KIT CONTENTS
M210 QUAD Test and Inspection Scope Kit: M210 QUAD, VS300 in hard case
VS 300 View Safe VIdeo Microscope
CleanConnect 500
One-Click Cleaner SC, ST, FC
SC-ST 150 m SM Fiber Ring
SC-ST 150 m 62.5 Fiber Ring
ST/SC mating adapter
AFL NO
M210-MNG
(1) VS300
(1) 8500-30-0900MZ
(1) 8500-05-0001MR
(2) FR01-00-0903
(2) FR01-02-0901
(2) 8400-00-0054
Accessories
DESCRIPTION
DFS1 Digital FiberScope PC/UPC inspection kit
DFS1 Digital FIberScope APC inspection kit
DFS1 Digital FIberScope kit without adapters
AFL NO.
DFS1-00-04XU
DFS1-00-04XA
DFS1-00-04XN
Fiber Ring, 50/125 µm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, Laser Optimized, 50 µm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, 62.5/125 mm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, single-mode, 150 m
Wet Cleaning Kit for SC/FC/ST/LC connectors
Dry Cleaning Kit
Basic Cleaning Kit with carry case (includes One-Clicks, FCC2 cleaning fluid, FiberWipes, Cletop SB)
Basic Cleaning kit with MPO Cleaners and carry case (includes One-Clicks, FCC2 cleaning fluid, FIberWipes,
Cletop SB, MPO/MTP Cleaner)
One-Click Cleaner SC, ST, FC (500+ cleanes)
One-Click Cleaner LC/MU (500+ cleans)
One-Click Mini- 100 SC, ST, FC (100+ cleans)
One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU (100+ cleans)
One-Click Cleaner Ultra 2.5 SC, ST, FC (enlarged cleaning)
One-Click Ultra Cleaner D-LC (Duplex LC, 500 cleans x 2)
FR1-M5-150-x1-x2
FR1-L5-150-x1-x2
FR1-M6-150-x1-x2
FR1-SM-150-z1-z2
8500-20-0900
8500-20-0901
FCP2-00-0900
FCP2-00-0901
8500-05-0001MZ
8500-05-0002MZ
8500-05-0005MZ
8500-05-0006MZ
8500-05-0007MZ
8500-05-0008MZ
Notes:
a. When ordering Fiber Rings, Specify connector types (x1, x2, y1, y2).
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2006-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. M210-MK-2000 Revision 1A, 2013-02-18
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
35
M710 Multifunction OTDR
Test, Troubleshoot and Report Single-mode and Multimode Fiber Networks
Features
•• TruEvent™ advanced event analysis
•• Inspection capable with DFS1 Digital FiberScope
•• Live fiber detection prevents damage to network equipment
•• Up to 13 hours battery life
•• Dynamic range up to 44 dB for long range testing
•• Automatic Pass/Fail analysis
•• Large 6.5 inch full color touchscreen display
•• Integrated Optical Power Meter (OPM) and
Visual Fault Locator (VFL)
•• Front Panel and First Connector Check features ensures
accurate measurements
M710 Compact QUAD OTDR
Applications
•• Test and certify campus & central office networks and
Distributed Antenna Systems (DAS) fiber infrastructure
•• Tier 1 and Tier 2 testing and certification of SM
and MM networks
•• Document and create standards compliant acceptance reports
with TRM® 2.0, companion PC software
•• Inspection of fiber end-faces using DFS1 Digital FiberScope
•• Real-Time OTDR - fault location and splice verification
M710 OTDR with DFS1 Digital FiberScope
The M710 OTDR from AFL combines ease of use (Touch and Test™) and high performance in a rugged, large display package. With singlemode dynamic ranges up to 44 dB and a MM/SM QUAD option, the M710 OTDR is ideal for testing and troubleshooting
LAN/WAN, metro and long haul networks. Industry leading dead zones enhance the user’s ability to locate and measure events.
The M710 models utilize AFL’s industry leading TruEvent technology to provide a new level of accuracy and reliability in event analysis.
Touch and Test simplifies the M710 user experience, minimizes human errors and reduces training time by providing one-touch access to
all OTDR test modes, OPM testing, Results Management and Job Creation menus. The M710 allows setting Pass/Fail thresholds to industry
standard TIA/ISO values or user defined criteria and will automatically alert users of failing fibers. Touch and Test enables any technician to
complete jobs more accurately and in less time, making it the ideal field test tool.
*M710 series languages supported: English, Chinese, French, German, Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish. Please specify language when
ordering.
© 2015, AFL, all rights reserved. M710-00-2000 Revision 1A, 2015-01-23
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
36
M710 Multifunction OTDR
Specifications a
OTDR MODEL
M710-40
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Center Wavelengths
Wavelength Tolerance
Dynamic Range (SNR = 1) b
Event Dead Zone
Attenuation Dead Zone
1310/1550 nm
±25/25 nm
44/42 dB
0.8 m d
4m
e
Pulse Widths
Range Settings
Trace File Storage Capacity
Data Transfer to PC
OTDR Modes
Tool Free Adapters
0.8 m d
e
4m
5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns;
1, 3, 10, 20 µs
4m
e
0.8 m d
4me
MM 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns;
1 µs
SM 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns;
1, 3, 10, 20 µs
MM 250 m to 64 km
SM 250 m to 256 km
Max. 64,000 points
0.125 m
1.4000 to 1.6000
±(1 + 0.0005 % x distance + data point spacing)
Distance Uncertainty (m) f
Reflectance Accuracy h
Trace File Format
Trace File Storage Media
0.8 m d
250 m to 256 km
Sampling Points
Minimum Data Point Spacing
Group Index of Refraction (GIR)
Linearity g
Loss Threshold
Loss Resolution
SINGLE-MODE OTDR OPTIONS
QUAD OTDR OPTION
M710-20
M710-21
M710-24
Laser
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
1310/1550 nm
1310/1550/1625 nm
850/1300/1310/1550 nm
±25/25 nm
±25/25/10 nm
±25/25/25/25 nm
41/39 dB
41/39/39 dB
25/24/40/38 dB c
±0.03 dB/dB
±0.05 dB/dB
±0.05 dB/dB
±0.05 dB/dB
0.05 dB
0.01 dB
±2 dB
SR-4731 (GR-196-CORE Appendix A & B and SR-4731)
Internal flash memory
USB flash drive (2 USB host ports)
Downloadable from OTDR directly to PC
Internal 1000 fibers
USB
Full Auto, Real Time, Expert
SC/ST/FC/LC
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 23°C ±2°C (73.4°F ±3.6°F) unless otherwise specified.
b. Longest Range and Pulse Width, 3 minutes Averaging Time, Filter on, Typical.
c. 62.5 µm fiber for multimode test.
d. Typical distance between the two points 1.5 dB down each side of an unsaturated event with reflection <-45 dB for SM and <-40 dB for MM using
a 5 ns pulse width.
e. Typical distance from event location to point where trace is within 0.5 dB of backscatter caused by an unsaturated event with reflection <-45 dB for SM
and <-40 dB for MM using a 5 ns pulse width.
f. Does not include GIR uncertainty.
g.Typical.
h. For a non-saturated event.
© 2015, AFL, all rights reserved. M710-00-2000 Revision 1A, 2015-01-23
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
37
M710 Multifunction OTDR
Specifications
a
POWER METER
Calibrated Wavelengths
Detector Type
Measurement Range (dBm)
SINGLE-MODE OTDR OPTIONS
M710-40
M710-20
M710-21
850, 980, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625 nm (displays up to 3 simultaneously)
QUAD OTDR OPTIONS
M710-24
850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625 nm
(displays up to 3 simultaneously)
InGaAs 2 mm
+3 to -70 dBm
Filtered InGaAs detector
+26 to -50 dBm
±0.25
Accuracy b
Measurement Units
dB, dBm, mW
Yes
Wavelength ID c
Set Reference
Data Storage
Tone Detection
Yes
Yes
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz
VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Wavelength
Output Power (nominal)
ALL M710 OTDR MODELS
Laser
Class II FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
635 ±20 nm
0.8 mW
GENERAL
Display
Anti-Reflective (AR) Coating
Size
Weight
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Power
ALL M710 OTDR MODELS
16.51 cm (6.5 in), color, transflective (indoor/outdoor) touch screen display
Yes
190.5 x 269.2 x 69.8 mm (7.5 x 10.6 x 2.75 in)
2.36 kg ( 5.22 lb)
-10°C to+50°C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing)
-20°C to+60°C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing)
Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC power adapter
Battery Life d, f
13 hours continuous OTDR testing
Recharge Time e, f
4 hours
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b. Accuracy measured at -10 dBm per N.I.S.T. standards.
c. Automatic wavelength identification and switching when used with AFL’s Wave ID Series Light Sources.
d. Typical, per GR-196-CORE issue 2, depending on display brightness.
e. Typical, from fully discharged to fully charged state, unit may be operating.
f. External battery charger available.
© 2015, AFL, all rights reserved. M710-00-2000 Revision 1A, 2015-01-23
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
38
M710 Multifunction OTDR
Ordering Information
The M710 OTDRs work with the DFS1 Digital FiberScope (the DFS1 includes a software update for the OTDR). The M710 models come
with an integrated Visual Fault Locator (VFL, 650 nm), Optical Power Meter (OPM), and a large transflective touch screen display. Each
model includes an OTDR, USB Flash drive, PC software for OTDR trace analysis and OPM loss reporting, AC adapter a, switchable test port
adapters, and cleaning accessories in a soft carry case. When placing an order, select options as follows: Optical Configuration (NN), OTDR
port ferrule (F), and Language (LL). Example: The model number M710-21U indicates M710 SM with UPC OTDR port ferrule, and English
language option. Language option will be selected during ordering process.
M710
NN
F
LL
Optical Configuration (NN)
24 =QUAD LR (long range):
850/1300 nm MM and 1310/1550 nm SM
21 =1310/1550/1625 nm SM
20 =1310/1550 nm SM
40 = 1310/1550 nm SM
OTDR Port Ferrule (F)
Language (LL) c
U = UPC
A = APC b
01 =English, French, German,
Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish
08 =English, Traditional and Simplified Chinese
Accessories
Custom kits may be created by ordering an M710 OTDR model, a pre-configured accessories kit (M700 - H1) and accessories from the
table below. The hard carry case has room for up to 6 Fiber Rings, test leads/jumpers, the DFS1 Digital FiberScope kit, OLS2-Dual or OLS4
optical light source, and cleaning accessories (items must be ordered separately).
DESCRIPTION
Pre-configured Accessories Kit
Includes hard case with One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC (2.5 mm), One-Click Cleaner LC/MU (1.25 mm), and CleanConnect 500
Hard carry case,M7x0/C SERIES,W/FOAM
DFS1 Digital FiberScope PC/UPC Inspection Kit
DFS1 Digital FiberScope APC Inspection Kit
DFS1 USB Digital Fiber Inspection Kit without Adapters
OLS2-Dual laser light source with Wave ID, 1310/1550 nm
OLS4 integrated LED and laser light source with Wave ID, 850/1300/1310/1550 nm
Fiber Ring, standard, 1 fiber, 50/125 µm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, standard, 1 fiber, Laser Optimized, 50 µm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, standard, 1 fiber, 62.5/125 µm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, standard, 1 fiber, single-mode, 150 m
Zippered Jumper Carry Case
All types of fiber optic cleaning supplies are available. Visit www.AFLglobal.com/Cleaning or call factory for details.
AFL NO.
M700 - H1
1400-01-0090PZ
DFS1-00-04XU
DFS1-00-04XA
DFS1-00-04XN
OLS2-Dual
OLS4
FR1-M5-150-x1-x2 d
FR1-L5-150-x1-x2 d
FR1-M6-150-x1-x2 d
FR1-SM-150-x1-x2 d
1400-01-0086PZ
Notes:
a. Specify power cord type (country) when ordering an OTDR. One power cord is included with each AC adapter at no charge.
b. Available on the SM port for -20, -21, -24 models only.
c. When ordering OTDR, indicate language preference for the OTDR Quick Reference Guide.
d. When ordering Fiber Rings, specify connector types (x1, x2).
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2015, AFL, all rights reserved. M710-00-2000 Revision 1A, 2015-01-23
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
39
C850 Compact QUAD OTDR with QUAD OLS and OPM
Features
•• OTDR dynamic range: 22 dB (MM), 26 dB (SM)
•• Inspection capable with the DFS1 Digital FiberScope
•• Integrated OPM, OLS, and VFL (650 nm)
•• Full Auto, Expert, Real-Time OTDR test modes
•• Touch and Test™ user interface
•• Automatic Pass/Fail analysis (TIA/ISO/EN)
•• Internal (1000s tests) and USB storage
•• Wave ID detect if used with Wave ID series light sources
•• >8 hours battery life or AC power
•• TRM® 2.0 reporting software
•• Available in seven languages
C850 Compact QUAD OTDR
Applications
•• Tier 1 and Tier 2 testing of premise networks
•• Bi-directionally measure loss and length of fiber links
•• Perform Pass/Fail Event and Link measurements
•• Certify fibers using Pass/Fail criteria of industry standards,
applications and user-defined limits
•• Create professional certification reports
C850 OTDR with DFS1 Digital FiberScope
The C850 Certification OTDR from AFL combines ease of use (Touch and Test™) and multiple functionality in a hand-held test set
designed for testing and inspecting multimode and single-mode fibers. The C850 integrates an OTDR with Optical Light Sources (OLS),
an Optical Power Meter (OPM), Visible Fault Locator (VFL) and inspection capability for testing and troubleshooting enterprise networks.
OTDR Auto modes, OPM Wave ID, and Pass/Fail thresholds simplify the user experience, reduce training time and testing errors enabling
even novice users to get the job done quickly and accurately.
The C850 OTDR combines ease-of-use and functionality for performing OTDR and loss testing of optical fibers in enterprise networks
(campus and buildings). OTDR and OPM test results for the same fibers are stored in logical job folders by cables allowing for easy
review, selection, maintenance, and report generation using supplied Windows® compatible software.
The C850 OTDR can be used in pairs or with a C840 to perform Tier 1 dual-wavelength, two fiber bi-directional tests. Loss and length
can be measured and compared to ISO/TIA/EN or User standards or applications to provide Pass/Fail feedback regarding the fibers
ability to meet the acceptance criteria to be certified.
The C850 supports visual inspection per IEC 61300-3-35 using the DFS1 Digital FiberScope allowing users the ability to view and
document connector end-face images with their OTDR traces and loss results.
Thousands of OTDR test results may be saved as standard .SOR files, which can be stored internally or on the supplied USB drive. Test
results are transferable via a USB cable or USB drive to a computer for viewing, printing, and analyzing with the supplied Windows®
compatible software - TRM® 2.0 (Test Results Manager). Acceptance reports generated using TRM can include OTDR traces with
summary and event information with or without Pass/Fail indication, Event maps, and end-face images.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. C850-00-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
40
C850 Compact QUAD OTDR with QUAD OLS and OPM
Specifications
a
OTDR
MULTIMODE
SINGLE-MODE
Emitter Type
Laser
Safety Class
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Center Wavelengths
Wavelength Tolerance
Dynamic Range (SNR = 1)
850/1300 nm
±20/30 nm
1310/1550 nm
±20/30 nm
22 dB
26 dB
Event Dead Zone b
Attenuation Dead Zone
Calibrated Wavelengths
Detector Type
Measurement Range
Accuracy h
Measurement Units
Wavelength ID j
Set Reference
Data Storage
Tone Detection
GENERAL
1.5 m
c
9m
Pulse Widths n
Range Settings
10, 30, 100, 300 ns; 1, 3, 10 µs
250 m to 64 km
Sampling Points
Group Index of Refraction
(GIR)
Distance Uncertainty (m)
250 m to 208 km
Test Modes
Up to 16,000
Minimum Data Point Spacing
Linearity
POWER METER
d
e
0.25 m
Trace File Format
1.4000 to 1.6000
850, 1300 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625 nm
InGaAs 2 mm
+6 to -60 dBm
±0.25
dB, dBm, mW
Yes (to -47 dBm)
Yes
Yes
Yes (to -47 dBm)
OTDR (Full Auto, Expert, Real-Time), Auto Test,
OPM, OLS, VFL, DFS
SR-4731 (GR-196-CORE Appendix A, B; SR-4731)
Length Measurement Range 5 km (MM);
200 km (SM)
Data Storage
Internal flash memory
±(1 + 0.005 % x distance + data point spacing)
±0.05 dB/dB
USB flash drive (2.0)
Loss Threshold
0.05 dB
Loss Resolution
0.01 dB
Data Storage Capacity
Reflectance Accuracy f
VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR
±2 dB
Data Transfer to PC
USB
Tool Free Adapters
Modular cleanable SC/ST/LC
Size
27.4 x 19.3 x 7.1 cm
(10.8 x 7.6 x 2.8 in)
2.3 kg ( 5 lb)
-10°C to +50°C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing)
-20°C to +60°C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing)
Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC power adapter
>8 hours continuous testing
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Wavelength
Output Power (nominal)
LIGHT SOURCE
Available Wavelengths
(nominal)
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Output Power
Stability (after 15-minute
warm-up)
Wave ID Transmit
Tone Generation
Downloadable from unit directly to PC
Laser
Class II FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
650 nm ±20 nm
0.8 mW
MULTIMODE PORT SINGLE-MODE PORT
850/1300 nm
1310/1550 nm
Weight
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Power
Battery Life k, m
Recharge Time l, m
Display
LED
Laser
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
0 dBm, 9 µm SM
>-20 dBm, 62.5 µm MM g
±0.1 dB over 1 hour
Internal >1000 fibers
4 hours
16.51 cm (6.5 in),
color, transflective
±0.07 dB over 1 hour
±0.15 dB over 8 hours
Yes
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b. Typical distance between the two points 1.5 dB down each side of a reflective
spike caused by a -45 dB event using 10 ns pulse width.
c. Typical distance from event location to point where trace is within 0.5 dB of
backscatter caused by a -45 dB event using 10 ns pulse width.
d. Does not include GIR uncertainty.
e.Typical.
f. For a non-saturated event.
g. Output power will be approximately 3 dB less if a 50 µm mandrel-wrapped
jumper is used instead of a 62.5 µm mandrel-wrapped jumper.
h. Accuracy measured at -10 dBm per N.I.S.T. standards.
j. Automatic wavelength identification and switching when used with Wave ID
Series Light Sources.
k. Typical, depending on display brightness.
l. Typical, from fully discharged to fully charged state, unit may be operating.
m. External battery charger available.
n. 3 µs not available at 850 nm. 10 µs not available at 850/1300 nm.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. C850-00-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
41
C850 Compact QUAD OTDR with QUAD OLS and OPM
The C850 OTDR kits and options allow users to buy the test
equipment functionality needed today and grow to meet the
demands of certification testing.
The C850 combined with an OLS optical light source will allow
users to test and generate detailed reports with both OTDR and
Loss results shown for each fiber and in charts by cable.
Users can add a C840 or another C850 to perform Certification
testing. Two C850s or a C840 Tester and C850 can be used
together to perform Tier 1 dual wavelength MM (850/1300 nm)
and SM (1310/1550 nm) auto tests of one or two fibers
in one or both directions as well as measure both loss and
length of the fibers and compare to industry standards
(TIA/ISO/EN), applications and user-defined threshold values
to certify the fibers.
The C850 OTDR and C840 Certification Tester work with the
DFS1 Digital FiberScope.
Ordering Information
When placing an order, select options as follows: Model, Optical Configuration, Language, and Case.
Example: C850 — 100 — LP1 — H2
C850
NNN
LLL
CC
Case (CC)
S1 = Soft case
H1 = Hard case and soft case with cleaning
accessories
Model
C850
Optical Configuration (NNN)
100 = QUAD 850/1300 nm MM and 1310/1550 nm SM
Language (LLL)
LP1 = Language: English, French German, Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish
Specify Language when ordering a C850 to indicate language preference of OTDR Quick Reference Guide.
Specify power cord type (country) when ordering a C850. One power cord is included with each AC adapter at no charge.
Additional power cords may be purchased separately.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. C850-00-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
42
C850 Compact QUAD OTDR with QUAD OLS and OPM
Ordering Information (continued)
Each C850 kit includes the C850 QUAD OTDR with integrated OLS, OPM, VFI, USB Flash drive, PC software for OTDR trace analysis and
certification or OPM loss reporting, AC adapter, switchable test ports adapters and accessories (see table below). The C850 hard carry
case kit has room for up to 6 Fiber Rings, jumpers in a jumper carry case, and the DFS1 Digital FiberScope kit (accessory items must be
ordered separately).
CARRY CASE AND ACCESSORIES
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Soft case
One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC, 2.5 mm
Soft and hard cases
One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC, 2.5 mm
One-Click Cleaner LC, 1.25 mm
CleanConnect 500
C850—100—LP1—H1 Kit Contents
DESCRIPTION
C850
QUAD OTDR/Auto Test Certification Tester
Adapters
OTDR and OLS ports — SC, ST, LC
OPM port — SC, 1.25 and 2.5 mm Universal
VFI port — 1.25 and 2.5 mm Universal
Miscellaneous
Accessories
Mandrel — 62.5 µm, 3 mm jacket and 50 µm, 3 mm jacket
Stylus pen for touch screen
USB thumb drive, 1G; USB to mini-USB cable
AFL NO.
VFI
2.5 mm 1.25 mm C850-100-LP1-S1
SC, ST, LC
SC, 2.5 mm, 1.25 mm
2.5 mm 1.25 mm C850-100-LP1-H1
DESCRIPTION
DFS1 Digital FiberScope PC/UPC Inspection Kit
DFS1 Digital FiberScope APC Inspection Kit
DFS1 USB Digital Fiber Inspection Kit without Adapters
Fiber Ring, 50/125 µm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, Laser Optimized, 50 µm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, 62.5/125 mm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, single-mode, 150 m
Wet Cleaning Kit (shown) for SC/FC/ST/LC connectors
Dry Cleaning Kit
One-Click Cleaner SC, ST, FC (500+ cleans)
One-Click Cleaner LC/MU (500+ cleans)
One-Click Mini-100 SC, ST, FC (100+ cleans)
One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU (100+ cleans)
One-Click Cleaner Ultra 2.5 SC, ST, FC (enlarged cleaning)
Zippered Jumper Carry Case
Small plastic parts box (2) to store adapter caps and mandrels
AC adapter (1), specify country of use
One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC, 2.5 mm
One-Click Cleaner LC/MU, 1.25 mm
CleanConnect 500
Cases
OPM
SC, 2.5 mm, 1.25 mm
OTDR, Inspection, and Cleaning Accessories
ITEM
Cleaning
Accessories
ADAPTERS
OTDR/OLS
SC, ST, LC
Hard transit case — holds C850, and above accessories
Soft case for C850
Report Software PC software
AFL NO.
DFS1-00-04XU
DFS1-00-04XA
DFS1-00-04XN
FR1-M5-150-x1-x2 a
FR1-L5-150-x1-x2 a
FR1-M6-150-x1-x2 a
FR1-SM-150-y1-y2 a
8500-20-0900
8500-20-0901
8500-05-0001MZ
8500-05-0002MZ
8500-05-0005MZ
8500-05-0006MZ
8500-05-0007MZ
1400-01-0086PZ
a. When ordering Fiber Rings, specify connector types (x1, x2, y1,y2).
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. C850-00-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
43
WDM900 Lightwave Test Set
U.S. Patent Pending
Features
•• Health Meter summarizes channel performance in less
than 3 seconds
•• Detail Display provides one-touch diagnosis of any
performance issue
•• Automatic compensation for monitor tap ratio
•• Onboard report generation
•• IEC 61280-2-9 OSNR measurement
•• Meets stringent GR-2952-CORE mechanical design criteria
Applications
•• Testing node splits in PON and broadband networks
•• Testing DWDM overbuilds of CWDM networks
•• Commissioning CWDM/DWDM mobile backhaul networks
•• DAS installation and troubleshooting
•• Restoration of Metro-E wavelength services
•• Troubleshooting live mobile backhaul network
•• Headend and CO signal path checks
The WDM900 is a rugged, portable and easy-to-use optical test set that simplifies in-service testing of live DWDM and CWDM networks.
Within just seconds of connecting to a network port, WDM900 users know the status of each channel, which channels require attention
and exactly what action is required.
The WDM900 is engineered to perform under the harsh conditions typically found in a central office, headend, network node and other
outside plant locations. Its highly-integrated solid state design features a hermetically-sealed optical path and no moving parts. An internal
wavelength reference and temperature-stabilized measurement circuits eliminate long warm-up periods and accuracy drifts induced by
sudden temperature and humidity changes. The WDM900 is the only portable WDM measurement system that satisfies Telcordia
GR-2952-CORE environmental specifications.
Two different models of WDM900 are available.
•• WDM900-40 – designed for commissioning, testing and troubleshooting of DWDM Access/Metro network links
•• WDM900-60 – designed for commissioning, testing and troubleshooting of CWDM and DWDM Access/Metro network links
For more information, visit www.aflglobal.com/WDM900
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. WDM9-00-2000 Revision 1F, 2014-11-19
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
44
WDM900 Lightwave Test Set
Specifications
U.S. Patent Pending
a
OPTICAL
Usable Channel Spacing b
Optical Return Loss
DWDM
50 GHz, 100 GHz,
30 dB
CWDM
20 nm
30 dB
48 dB
25 dB
-74 dBm
-60 dBm
Adjacent Channel Rejection
Ratio ORR @50 GHz
Noise Floor (typical)
ENVIRONMENTAL RESILIENCE
Dust Resistance
Hermetically-sealed Light Path
Shock Resistance, GR-2952-CORE, O4-14: 30 in drop onto
Intended Use
hard surface, base
Vibration
GR-2952-CORE, R4-15 10 Hz to 500 Hz @1.5 g
Resistance
on 3 principal axes
Operating
GR-2952-CORE, R4-19: -5°C (@ uncontrolled humidity) to
Environment
50°C (@95% relative humidity)
Non-operating
GR-2952-CORE, R4-18: modified to -30°C (@ uncontrolled
Environment
humidity) to 60°C (@95% relative humidity)
Electromagnetic
GR-2952-CORE, R4-21 & GR-1089-CORE
Emissions
and EN 5510
Electromagnetic
GR-2952-CORE, R4-22 and GR-1089-CORE
Susceptibility
and EN 61000-4-6
OTHER CHARACTERISTICS
Display
6.5 in, high brightness, outdoor enhanced,
640 x 480 color TFT
Touchscreen
Resistive technology, unaffected by moisture
or water droplets
Connectivity
2 x USB 2.0 Host
1 x USB 2.0 Client
RJ-45 LAN port (hardware only)
IEEE 802.11 b/g/n (hardware only)
Bluetooth 2.0 (hardware only)
DATA STORAGE
Internal Memory
4 GB Flash
External Storage
Removable USB Flash drive
Report Formats
.csv and .pdf
BATTERY
Type
User replaceable Li-ion, rechargeable
Battery Life
8 hours minimum
AC Adapter
Universal 100 to 240V AC, 47–63 Hz input, 18V DC output
Measurement Time
3 sec
3 sec
WAVELENGTH MEASUREMENT
Channel Numbers (ITU)
1527.99 nm to 1568.77 nm
CWDM 1–18
196.2 THz to 191.1 THz
50 GHz & 100 GHz channel spacing
POWER MEASUREMENT
Range
WDM900-40
WDM900-60
-47 to
+6 dBm
-45 to -4 dBm c -42 to -1 dBm c
Accuracy
±1.0 dB c
±1.0 dB
0.1 dB
Resolution
0.1 dB c
Repeatability
0.1 dB c
0.1 dB
WAVELENGTH MEASUREMENT
Accuracy
±0.16 nm
Resolution
0.008 nm
OSNR MEASUREMENT
Standard
IEC 61280-2-9
Range
28 dB
Accuracy
± 2.0 dB
Repeatability
± 0.75 dB
RATINGS
WDM900-40
WDM900-60
Absolute Maximum Input
Power
+21 dBm
+24 dBm
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 23°C ±2°C (73.4°F ±3.6°F).
b. Hardware 25 GHz spacing ready.
c. Channel power <-4 dBm, total input power <9 dBm for WDM900-40 model
Channel power <-1 dBm, total input power <12 dBm for WDM900-60 model.
Ordering Information
DESCRIPTION
Includes a WDM900 Lightwave Test Set configured for 100 GHz DWDM C-band operation, SC/FC/LC test port adapters, SC/ FC/LC input attenuators,
(2) One-Click Cleaners, AC adapter, user’s guide and soft carry case.
Includes a WDM900 Lightwave Test Set configured for CWDM, 50 GHz and 100 GHz DWDM C-band operation, SC/FC/LC test port adapters, SC/FC/LC
input attenuators, (2) One-Click Cleaners, AC adapter, user’s guide and soft carry case.
AFL NO.
WDM900-40
WDM900-60
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. WDM9-00-2000 Revision 1F, 2014-11-19
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
45
C860 QUAD OTDR and Certification Test Kit
Features
•• OTDR dynamic range: 22 dB (MM); 26 dB (SM)
•• Inspection capable with the DFS1 Digital FiberScope
•• Integrated OPM, OLS, and VFL (650 nm)
•• OLS sources: LED - 850/1300 nm; Laser - 1310/1550 nm
•• Full Auto, Expert, Real-Time OTDR test modes
•• >8 hours battery life or AC power
•• Touch and Test™ user interface; TRM® reporting software
•• Automatic Pass/Fail analysis (TIA/ISO/EN)
•• Internal (1000s tests) and USB storage
•• Wave ID detect if used with Wave ID series light sources
•• Available in Seven languages
Applications
•• Tier 1 and Tier 2 testing of premise networks
•• Bi-directionally measure loss and length of fiber links
•• Perform Pass/Fail Event and Link measurements using OTDR
•• Measure loss and length of fiber links
•• Certify SM and MM fibers using Pass/Fail criteria of industry
standards, applications and user-defined thresholds
•• Create professional certification reports
C860 with DFS1 Digital FiberScope
The C860 QUAD Certification and OTDR Test Kit from AFL includes one hand-held C840 QUAD OLTS Tester and one C850 QUAD OTDR/
OLTS with built-in auto test functionality. With this kit, technicians can troubleshoot and perform both Tier 1 and Tier 2 certification
tests of MM and SM fiber networks, store results and create professional test reports.
The C850 is both a QUAD Certification Tester and full-featured QUAD OTDR in a compact case with a large transflective touch screen
display suitable for both indoor and outdoor operation. The C850 features single-mode and multimode OTDR, Optical Light Sources
(OLS), Visual Fault Locator (VFL, 650 nm), and an Optical Power Meter (OPM). As an OTDR, the C850 supports Full Auto, Expert
(manual) and Real-Time test modes, simultaneous dual and single wavelength testing, and Event and Pass/Fail analysis based on
default or user-defined thresholds. The C840 QUAD Certification Tester includes VFL, OPM, and both single-mode (1310/1550 nm) and
multimode (850/1300 nm) OLS. The C840 may be used alone as a traditional power meter or light source to measure fiber loss or as a
visual fault locator to find fiber breaks.
The C860 kit combines ease of use (Touch and Test™) with multiple functionality and supports visual inspection per IEC 61300-3-35
using the DFS1 Digital FiberScope allowing users the ability to view and document connector end-face images with their OTDR traces
and loss results. Thousands of test results may be stored internally or on the supplied USB drive. Test results are transferable via a USB
cable or USB drive to a computer for viewing, printing, and analyzing with the supplied Windows® compatible software - TRM® (Test
Results Manager). Acceptance reports generated using TRM can include OTDR traces with summary and event information with or
without pass/fail indication, Event maps, and end-face images.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. C860-00-2000 Revision 1L, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
46
C860 QUAD OTDR and Certification Test Kit
Specifications
a
OTDR
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Center Wavelengths
Wavelength Tolerance
Dynamic Range (SNR = 1)
Event Dead Zone b
Attenuation Dead Zone c
Pulse Widths
Range Settings
Sampling Points
Minimum Data Point Spacing
Group Index of Refraction
(GIR)
Distance Uncertainty (m) d
Linearity e
MULTIMODE
SINGLE-MODE
POWER METER
Laser
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
850/1300 nm
1310/1550 nm
±20/30 nm
±20/30 nm
22 dB
26 dB
1.5 m
9m
10, 30, 100, 300 ns; 1, 3, 10 µs
250 m to 64 km
250 m to 208 km
Calibrated Wavelengths
Detector Type
Measurement Range
Accuracy h
Measurement Units
Wavelength ID j
Set Reference
Data Storage
Tone Detection
Up to 16,000
0.25 m
1.4000 to 1.6000
850, 1300 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625 nm
InGaAs 2 mm
+6 to -60 dBm
±0.25
dB, dBm, mW
Yes (to -47 dBm)
Yes
Yes
Yes (to -47 dBm)
GENERAL
C850 OTDR
Test Modes
±(1 + 0.005 % x distance + data point spacing)
Trace File Format
±0.05 dB/dB
Loss Threshold
0.05 dB
Length Measurement Range
Loss Resolution
0.01 dB
Data Storage
Reflectance Accuracy f
±2 dB
Wavelength
Output Power (nominal)
LIGHT SOURCE
Available Wavelengths (nom.)
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Output Power
Stability (after 15 minutes
warm up)
Wave ID Transmit
Tone Generation
OTDR (Full Auto, Expert,
Auto Test,
Real-Time), Auto Test,
OPM, OLS, VFL, DFS
OPM, OLS, VFL, DFS
SR-4731 (GR-196-CORE
N/A
Appendix A, B; SR-4731)
5 km (MM); 200 km (SM)
Internal flash memory
USB flash drive (2.0)
Downloadable from unit directly to PC
VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR
Emitter Type
Safety Class
C840 TESTER
Data Storage Capacity
Laser
Class II FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
650 ±20 nm
0.8 mW
USB
Tool Free Adapters
Modular cleanable SC/ST/LC
Size
Weight
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Power
Battery Life k, m
MM PORT
SM PORT
850/1300 nm
1310/1550 nm
LED
Laser
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
>-20 dBm, 62.5 µm MM g
0 dBm, 9 µm SM
±0.1 dB over 1 hour
±0.07 dB over 1 hour
±0.15 dB over 8 hours
Yes
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 KHz, 2 kHz
Recharge Time l, m
Display
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25 °C unless otherwise specified.
b. Typical distance between the two points 1.5 dB down each side of a reflective
spike caused by a -45 dB event using 10 ns pulse width.
c. Typical distance from event location to point where trace is within 0.5 dB of
backscatter caused by a -45 dB event using 10 ns pulse width.
d. Does not include GIR uncertainty.
e.Typical.
f. For a non-saturated event.
Internal >1000 fibers
Data Transfer to PC
27.4 x 19.3 x 7.1 cm
23 x 11 x 7 cm
(10.8 x 7.6 x 2.8 in)
(8.8 x 4.3 x 2.8 in)
2.3 kg ( 5 lb)
0.9 kg (2 lb)
-10 °C to +50 °C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing)
-20 °C to +60 °C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing)
Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC power adapter
>8 hours continuous testing
4 hours
16.51 cm (6.5 in),
color, transreflective
8.9 cm (3.5 in), color,
transreflective
g. Output power will be approximately 3 dB less if a 50 µm mandrel-wrapped
jumper is used instead of a 62.5 µm mandrel-wrapped jumper.
h. Accuracy measured at 25 ºC and -10 dBm per N.I.S.T. standards.
j. Automatic wavelength identification and switching when used with Wave ID
Series Light Sources.
k. Typical, depending on display brightness.
l. Typical, from fully discharged to fully charged state, unit may be operating.
m. External battery charger available.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. C860-00-2000 Revision 1L, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
47
C860 QUAD OTDR and Certification Test Kit
The C840 and C850 can be used together to perform Tier 1
dual wavelength MM (850/1300 nm) and SM (1310/1550 nm)
auto loss tests of one or two fibers in one or both directions as
well as measure both loss and length of the fibers and compare
to industry standards (TIA/ISO/EN), applications and userdefined thresholds values to certify the fibers. Either unit can be
identified as the Main or Remote.
The user may test two fibers at two wavelengths bi-directionally
and store the results into the main unit. Featuring rich file
naming, the Job setup wizard allows the user to define both the
cable and fiber end locations, creating easily identifiable trace
files, which are managed into Job and Cable folders.
The C850 OTDR and C840 Certification tester work with the
DFS1 Digital FiberScope.
Ordering Information
When placing an order, select options as follows: Model, Optical Configuration, Language, and Case.
Example: C860 — 100 — LP1 — H1
C860
NNN
LLL
CC
Case (CC)
H1 = Hard and soft case with SC-LC
cleaning accessories
Model
C860
Optical Configuration (NNN)
100 = QUAD 850/1300 nm MM and 1310/1550 nm SM
Language (LLL)
LP1 = Language: English, French, German,
Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish
Specify Language when ordering a C860 Kit to indicate language preference of OTDR Quick Reference Guide.
Specify power cord type (country) when ordering a C860 Kit. One power cord is included with each AC adapter at no charge.
Additional power cords may be purchased separately.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. C860-00-2000 Revision 1L, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
48
C860 QUAD OTDR and Certification Test Kit
Ordering Information (continued)
Each kit includes one compact C850 QUAD OTDR/OLTS, one hand-held C840 QUAD Certification Tester, USB Flash drive, PC software
for OTDR trace analysis and certification or OPM loss reporting, (2) AC adapters, switchable test ports adapters, and accessories (see
below). The C860 hard carry case kit has room for up to 6 Fiber Rings, jumpers in a jumper carry case, and the DFS1 Digital FiberScope
kit (accessory items must be ordered separately).
CARRY CASE
ADAPTERS
Soft (C850) and hard
cases
CLEANING PRODUCTS
OTDR/OLS
OPM
VFI
SC, ST, LC
SC, 2.5, 1.25 mm
2.5, 1.25 mm
C860—100—LP1—H1
One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC, 2.5mm
One-Click Cleaner LC, 1.25 mm
CleanConnect 500
AFL NO.
C860-100-LP1-H1
OTDR, Inspection, and Cleaning Accessories
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
C850
QUAD OTDR/Auto Test Certification Tester
C840
QUAD Auto Test Certification Tester
Adapters
OTDR and OLS ports — SC, ST, LC
OPM ports — SC, 1.25 and 2.5 mm Universal
VFI ports — 1.25 and 2.5 mm Universal
Miscellaneous
Accessories
Mandrels (2) 62.5 µm, 3 mm jacket
and (2) 50 µm, 3 mm jacket
Stylus pens for touch screen. USB thumb drive, 1G.
USB to mini-USB cable
Small plastic parts box (2) to store adapter caps and mandrels
AC adapter (2), specify country of use
Cleaning
Accessories
Cases
(2) One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC, 2.5 mm; One-Click Cleaner LC/
MU, 1.25 mm (H2 kit only); CleanConnect 500
Hard transit case — holds C850, C840, and above accessories
Soft case for C850
Report Software PC software and user guide
DESCRIPTION
DFS1 Digital FiberScope PC/UPC Inspection Kit
DFS1 Digital FiberScope APC Inspection Kit
DFS1 USB Digital Fiber Inspection Kit without Adapters
Fiber Ring, 1 fiber, 50/125 µm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, 1 fiber, Laser Optimized, 50 µm multimode, 150 m
Fiber Ring, 1 fiber, 62.5/125 mm multimode, 150 m
AFL NO.
DFS1-00-04XU
DFS1-00-04XA
DFS1-00-04XN
FR1-M5-150-x1-x2 a
FR1-L5-150-x1-x2 a
FR1-M6-150-x1-x2 a
Fiber Ring, 1 fiber, single-mode, 150 m
Wet Cleaning Kit (shown) for SC/FC/ST/LC connectors.
Dry Cleaning Kit
One-Click Cleaner SC, ST, FC (500+ cleans)
One-Click Cleaner LC/MU (500+ cleans)
One-Click Mini-100 SC, ST, FC (100+ cleans)
One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU (100+ cleans)
One-Click Cleaner Ultra 2.5 SC, ST, FC (enlarged cleaning)
Zippered Jumper Carry Case
FR1-SM-150-y1-y2 a
8500-20-0900
8500-20-0901
8500-05-0001MZ
8500-05-0002MZ
8500-05-0005MZ
8500-05-0006MZ
8500-05-0007MZ
1400-01-0086PZ
Notes:
a. When ordering Fiber Rings, specify connector types (x1, x2, y1,y2).
FIBER SYSTEM
YES
S
NO
International Sales and Service Contact Information
9001
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
ISO
CERTIFIED
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. C860-00-2000 Revision 1L, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
49
C880 QUAD Certification Test Kit
Features
•• Hand-held, 0.9 kg (2 lb)
•• Inspection capable with the DFS1 Digital FiberScope
•• Integrated OPM, OLS, and VFL (650 nm)
•• OLS sources: LED - 850/1300 nm; Laser - 1310/1550 nm
•• Dual-wavelength certification Pass/Fail
•• Two fibers bi-directional and single fiber testing
•• >8 hours battery life or AC power
•• Touch and Test™ user interface
•• TRM® (Test Results Manager) reporting software
•• Internal (1000s tests) and USB storage
•• USB host and function ports
•• Available in seven languages
Applications
•• Tier 1 testing of premise networks
•• Bi-directionally measure loss and length of fiber links
•• Save time simultaneously testing two fibers at two wavelengths
•• Verify polarity
•• Certify SM and MM networks to industry standards (ISO/TIA/EN)
and applications
•• Find faults using integrated Visual Fault Locator
•• Create and test to user defined rules
•• Review Pass/Fail feedback after each test
•• Review fibers by cable and retest fiber pairs if needed
•• Create professional certification reports
C860 with DFS1 Digital FiberScope
Combining two C840 Certification Testers, the C880 QUAD Certification Test Kit from AFL is designed for testing and troubleshooting
both multimode and single-mode fiber links. Each tester includes an integrated Visual Fault Locator (VFL, 650 nm), both single-mode
(Laser 1310/1550 nm) and multimode (LED 850/1300 nm) Optical Light Sources (OLS), and an Optical Power Meter (OPM). Each tester
may be used alone as a traditional power meter, light source, or visual fault locator.
In Auto Test mode, the user may perform certification tests to one of the industry cabling standards (TIA, ISO, EN), one or more
application standards, or a user-defined loss/length limit. Certification reports may be generated based on the selected standards and
rules using PC reporting software. The transflective touch-screen display of the C840 tester is suitable for both indoor and outdoor
operation.
The C840 supports visual inspection per IEC 61300-3-35 using the DFS1 Digital FiberScope allowing users the ability to view and
document connector end-face images. Thousands of test results may be stored internally for transfer to a computer via a USB cable
or a standard USB drive for viewing, printing, and analyzing with the supplied Windows® compatible software - TRM® (Test Results
Manager). Acceptance reports generated using TRM can include certification reports and end-face images.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. C880-00-2000 Revision 1J, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
50
C880 QUAD Certification Test Kit
Ordering Information
Each C880 kit or C840 kit includes two (2) C840s or one (1) C840 Tester respectively, USB flash drive, PC software for OTDR trace
analysis and certification or OPM loss reporting, AC adapters (two (2) with C880 kit, one (1) with C840 kit), switchable test ports
adapters, and accessories (see table below).
CARRY CASE
TEST CORDS a
ADAPTERS
CLEANING PRODUCTS
AFL NO.
SC, 2.5, 1.25 mm 2.5, 1.25 mm
One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC, 2.5 mm
One-Click Cleaner LC, 1.25 mm
C880-100-LP1-S1
OLS
OPM
SC, ST, LC
VFI
Soft case
SC/LC
Soft case
SC/ST
SC, ST, LC
SC, 2.5, 1.25 mm 2.5, 1.25 mm
One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC, 2.5 mm
C880-100-LP1-S2
—
SC, ST, LC
SC, 2.5, 1.25 mm 2.5, 1.25 mm
One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC, 2.5 mm
C840-100-LP1-S1
Soft case
The C840 Certification Tester works with the DFS1 Digital FiberScope.
When placing an order, select options as follows: Model, Optical Configuration, Language, and Case.
Example: C880 — 100 — LP1 — S1
C880
NNN
LLL
Case (CC)
S1 = Soft case for C840 (two units) with SC-LC
test and cleaning accessories
S2 = Soft case for C840 (two units) with SC-ST
test and cleaning accessories
Model
C880
Optical Configuration (NNN)
100 = QUAD 850/1300 nm MM and 1310/1550 nm SM
Language (LLL)
LP1 = Language: English, French, German,
Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish
C880—100—LP1—S1 (or S2) C880 Kit Contents
ITEM
C840
Adapters
Jumpers (12)
Miscellaneous
Accessories
Cleaning
Accessories
Cases
Report Software
CC
Inspection and Cleaning Accessories
DESCRIPTION
QUAD Auto Test Certification Tester (2 ea)
OLS Ports — SC, ST, LC
OPM port — SC, 1.25 and 2.5 mm Universal
VFI port — 1.25 and 2.5 mm Universal
2 m (62.5 mm, 50 mm, SM)
Mandrels (2) — 62.5 mm, 3 mm jacket
Mandrels (2) — 50 mm, 3 mm jacket
Stylus pens for touch screen
USB flash drive -1G, USB to mini-USB cable
AC adapters (2), specify country of use
(2) One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC, 2.5 mm (S1 and S2 kit)
One-Click Cleaner LC/MU, 1.25 mm (S1 kit only)
Soft case (2)
PC software and user guide
DESCRIPTION
DFS1 Digital FiberScope PC/UPC Inspection Kit
DFS1 Digital FiberScope APC Inspection Kit
DFS1 USB Digital Fiber Inspection Kit without Adapters
Wet Cleaning Kit (shown) for SC/FC/ST/LC connectors
Dry Cleaning Kit
One-Click Cleaner SC, ST, FC (500+ cleans)
One-Click Cleaner LC/MU (500+ cleans)
One-Click Mini-100 SC, ST, FC (100+ cleans)
One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU (100+ cleans)
One-Click Cleaner Ultra 2.5 SC, ST, FC (enlarged cleaning)
AFL NO.
DFS1-00-04XU
DFS1-00-04XA
DFS1-00-04XN
8500-20-0900
8500-20-0901
8500-05-0001MZ
8500-05-0002MZ
8500-05-0005MZ
8500-05-0006MZ
8500-05-0007MZ
Notes:
a. (4) each - 2 m (62.5µm, 50 µm, SM).
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. C880-00-2000 Revision 1J, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
51
C880 QUAD Certification Test Kit
Specifications
a
POWER METER
Auto Test Wavelengths
Detector Type
Measurement Range
Accuracy b
Measurement Units
Wavelength ID c
Set Reference
Data Storage
Tone Detection
LIGHT SOURCE
Available Wavelengths
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Output Power
GENERAL
850/1300 nm (MM), 1310/1550 nm (SM)
InGaAs 2 mm
+6 to -60 dBm
±0.25
Test Modes
Data Storage
Downloadable from unit directly to PC
Data Storage Capacity
Yes
Yes
Yes (to -47 dBm)
MULTIMODE PORT
SINGLE-MODE PORT
850/1300 nm (nominal) 1310/1550 nm (nominal)
LED
Laser
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC EN60825-1: 2007-03
0 dBm, 9 µm SM
>-20 dBm, 62.5 µm MM d
±0.1 dB over 1 hour
Internal flash memory
USB flash drive (2.0)
dB, dBm, mW
Yes (to -47 dBm)
Stability (after 15minute warm-up)
Wave ID Transmit
Tone Generation
Auto Test, OPM, OLS, VFL, DFS
Length Measurement Range 5 km (MM); 200 km (SM)
Internal >1000 fibers
Data Transfer to PC
USB
Tool Free Adapters
Modular cleanable SC/ST/LC
Size
Weight
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Power
23 x 11 x 7 cm (8.8 x 4.3 x 2.8 in)
0.9 kg (2 lb)
-10°C to +50°C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing)
-20°C to +60°C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing)
Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC power adapter
>8 hours continuous testing
Battery Life e, g
Recharge Time f, g
Display
4 hours
8.9 cm (3.5 in), color, transreflective
±0.07 dB over 1 hour
±0.15 dB over 8 hours
Yes
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 KHz, 2 kHz
VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR
Emitter Type
Safety Class
Laser
Class II FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11,
IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Wavelength
650 ±20 nm
Output Power (nominal) 0.8 mW
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b. Accuracy measured at -10 dBm per N.I.S.T. standards.
c. Automatic wavelength identification and switching when used with Wave ID
Series Light Sources.
d. Output power will be approximately 3 dB less if a 50 µm mandrel-wrapped
jumper is used instead of a 62.5 µm mandrel-wrapped jumper.
e. Typical, depending on display brightness.
f. Typical, from fully discharged to fully charged state, unit may be operating.
g. External battery charger available.
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. C880-00-2000 Revision 1J, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
52
FTK Pro Installer Kit
The FTK Pro Installer Kit from AFL is the perfect all-in-one fiber
optic test equipment kit. The FTK kit provides a wide selection
of fiber optic testing, cleaning, and inspection equipment to
enable technicians to install, troubleshoot and maintain fiber
optic networks. Complete with multimode and single-mode test
equipment, the kit also includes test accessories in a convenient
tough injection-molded ABS carrying case with a pull handle
and wheels. The Pro Installer Kit is ideal for TIA Tier 1 and
Tier 2 testing of premises (building and campus) networks or
certification and troubleshooting of fiber networks.
The FTK Pro Installer Kits are available with and without a M210
QUAD OTDR, a variety of Fiber Rings (launch/receive cables), an
OPM5-2D power meter, an OLS4 light source, various adapters,
multiple test jumpers, mating adapters,
an OFS 300-200C inspection scope and cleaning supplies that
include One-Click Connector Cleaners, CleanConnect 500, FCC2
Fiber Connector Cleaning Fluid, and CCT Connector Cleaning Tip.
The Pro Installer Kit also includes TRM® 2.0 Basic (Test Results
Manager) software for analyzing data and creating reports.
Features
•• Multimode and single-mode fiber ready
•• Available with M210 QUAD OTDR with VFL
•• Includes OPM5-2C Power Meter, OLS4 Light Source
and Accessories
•• Includes Inspection Scope and Cleaning Supplies
•• Reporting Software to present network owners with written
proof of a quality installation
•• Rugged transit case with pull handle and wheels
•• Test Results Manager for documenting networks and generating
acceptance reports
Applications
•• Tier 1 and Tier 2 testing of premise networks
•• Clean, inspect, and test fiber optic networks
•• Verify integrity of installed fiber networks
•• Fast fault location
•• Splice verification
•• Network documentation and reporting
•• Troubleshooting fiber links
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FTK1-01-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
53
FTK Pro Installer Kit
Kit Contents
ITEM
M210
OPM5-2D
OLS4
OFS300-200
Fiber Rings
(1 each)
Adapters
Jumpers,
2 meters in
length (2 each)
Ordering Information
DESCRIPTION
Quad OTDR, 850/1300 nm MM, 1310/1550 nm SM
(Only in FTK1-01-0900PR Kit)
Optical Power Meter (Wave ID, Set Reference, Data Storage)
Optical Light Source (LED and Laser)
Optical Fiber Scope (200x)
FR1-L5-150-SC-ST
(50/125 Laser Optimized)
FR1-L5-150-SC-LC
(50/125 Laser Optimized)
FR1-L5-150-ST-LC
(50/125 Laser Optimized)
FR1-M6-150-SC-ST(62.5/125)
FR1-M6-150-SC-LC(62.5/125)
FR1-M6-150-ST-LC(62.5/125)
FR1-SM-150-SC-ST(SM)
FR1-SM-150-SC-LC(SM)
FR1-SM-150-ST-LC(SM)
SC, ST, LC for the OTDR/OLS ports (2 each)
SC, ST, LC for the OPM Unit
2.5 mm and 1.25 mm Universal for OFS and for VFL on OTDR
SC-ST
(50/125 Laser Optimized)
SC-LC
(50/125 Laser Optimized)
SC-ST(62.5/125)
SC-LC(62.5/125)
SC-ST(SM)
SC-LC(SM)
DESCRIPTION
AFL NO.
See Kit Contents Table
FTK1-01-0900PR
See Kit Contents Table (Does not include OTDR)
FTK1-01-0902PR
* See AFL website and individual data sheets for specifications and more information on items included in the FTK Kits
Bulkheads
SC/SC, ST/ST, LC/LC
(mating adapters)
FiberWipes™ Mini-tub
CleanConnect 500
FCC2 Fiber Connector Cleaner
Cleaning Supplies Connector Cleaning Tips (for cleaning in sockets):
2.5 mm and 1.25 mm
One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC
Miscellaneous
Accessories
Report Software
One-Click Cleaner LC/MU
(2) Mandrels: 62.5 µm, 3 mm jacket and 50 µm, 3 mm jacket
Stylus pen for the M210 touch screen
USB thumb drive, 1G
Plastic parts boxes to hold adapters (Qty 3)
Case to hold up to 12 jumpers (2 – 5 meters in length)
Windows® compatible software and user guide
FIBER SYSTEM
YES
S
NO
International Sales and Service Contact Information
9001
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
ISO
CERTIFIED
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FTK1-01-2000 Revision 1H, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
54
Oil and Gas Combo Kit
Fujikura Fusion Splicers and Kits only
available to customers in North America!
Everything needed to splice and test your fiber
cable – in one easy to order part number!
Demanding environments require robust equipment. AFL
delivers industry leading solutions designed to withstand these
environments and provide reliable performance for years of use.
Combines the M310 OTDR and 70S Fusion Splicer with all the
right accessories.
Key Kit Features
•• Includes a comprehensive Fiber Installation and Restoration Kit
and key OTDR accessories
•• Rugged carry cases for safe transport of equipment in harsh
outdoor environments
M310 QUAD OTDR
Fujikura 70S Fusion Splicer Features
•• Automatic and fully programmable wind protector
•• 14-second tube heater
•• On-board training and support videos
•• Multi-function transit case with integrated workstation
70S Fusion Splicer
M310 Quad OTDR Features
•• Industry Leading Auto Event analysis insures no missed or
false events
•• Integrated Optical Power Meter and Visual Fault Locator
•• Short dead zones allow testing of closely spaced events
•• Front Panel and First Connector Check ensures
accurate measurements
•• Live fiber detection prevents damage to network equipment
•• Inspection capable with DFS1 Digital FiberScope
•• Long battery life – up to 16 hours
OTDR Accessory Kit
For more information and detailed technical specifications on our
splicers and OTDRs, visit our website at www.AFLglobal.com
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FTK1-02-2000 Revision 1C, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
55
Oil and Gas Combo Kit
Ordering Information
DESCRIPTION
Complete OIL & GAS Fusion Splicer and M310 Installation and Maintenance Kit
OTDR Accessory Kit
AFL NO.
FTK1-02-0900PR
FTK1-01-0904PR
FTK1-02-0900PR Complete Kit Contents
FTK1-01-0904PR OTDR Accessory Kit Contents
ITEM
Fujikura 70S
INCLUDES
Fusion Splicer
The world’s fastest, most robust core alignment fusion
splicer.
•• 70S Fusion Splicer
•• ADC-18 AC Adapter
•• ACC-14 AC Cord
•• ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair)
•• S70A Sheath Clamp
•• USB Cable
•• Alcohol Dispenser
•• Screw Driver
•• Splicer Carrying Strap
•• Quick Reference Guide
•• Video Instruction Manual
•• CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap
CT30A Cleaver
CT30A Single Fiber Cleaver
M310-25U-01
M310 Quad OTDR
•• 38 dB Single-mode dynamic range
•• 30 dB Multimode dynamic range
•• Integrated Broadband Optical Power Meter
•• Integrated Visual Fault Locator
•• OTDR Test Port Adapters (SC, FC, ST)
•• OPM Port Adapters (SC & 2.5 mm Universal)
•• USB Flash Drive for file transfer
•• AC Adapter
•• TRM® 2.0 (Base License)
FTK1-01-0904PR OTDR Accessory Kit (for details, see table
“FTK1-01-0904PR OTDR Accessory Kit Contents”)
ITEM
INCLUDES
150 m Fiber Rings
(pulse suppressors)s
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
Test Cords (2 meter)
Connector Cleaners
••
••
Connector Adapters
Fiber Mandrels
Carry Case
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
••
FC-SC 9/125 µm single-mode
FC-E2000 9/125 µm single-mode
SC-E2000 9/125 µm single-mode
FC-E2000 62.5/125 µm multimode
SC-E2000 62.5/125 µm multimode
SC-FC 62.5/125 µm multimode
FC-E2000 50/125 µm OM3 multimode
FC-SC 50/125 µm OM3 multimode
FC-E2000 9/125 µm single-mode
FC-E2000 62.5/125 µm multimode
FC-E2000 50/125 µm OM3 multimode
FC-SC 9/125 µm single-mode
FC-SC 62.5/125 µm multimode
FC-SC 50/125 µm OM3 multimode
One-Click Cleaner SC/FC/ST
One-Click Cleaner LC/MU
CleanConnect 500 cassette cleaner for
exposed ferrules
CCT Sticks for cleaning 2.5mm connectors
in adapters
CCT Sticks for cleaning 1.25mm connectors i
n adapters
FiberWipes – tub of 90 wipes
FCC2 Connector Cleaning Fluid
UCI adapters for OTDR/OLS ports: SC, ST, LC
OPM adapters: SC, ST, 2.5mm Universal, 1.25mm
Universal
E2000-E2000 bulkhead adapter
FC-FC bulkhead adapter
SC-SC bulkhead adapter
ST-ST bulkhead adapter
62.5 µm fiber mandrel
50 µm fiber mandrel
Rugged Carry Case with custom cut foam to securely
hold above contents along with M310 OTDR
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FTK1-02-2000 Revision 1C, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
56
OTDR Fiber Rings
Measuring an insertion loss of the near-end and/or far-end connection of a fiber optic
link with an OTDR requires a launch and/or receive test cable. A launch cable, which
connects the OTDR to the link under test, reveals the insertion loss and reflectance of
the near-end connection. A receive cable, which connects to the far-end of the link,
reveals the insertion loss and reflectance of the far-end connection. Launch and receive
test cables can range from 150 m to 1 km (or longer) in length. Because very long
test cables are impractical to transport and use, AFL offers coiled lengths of 50 µm
multimode, 62.5 µm multimode, or single-mode fiber packaged in compact rings.
FR1-M6-150-SC-ST
Fiber Rings of 150 m of fiber are ideal for premises fiber network test applications.
Fiber Rings of 500 m and 1 km of single-mode fiber are designed for broadband,
long haul fiber network test applications.
Fiber Ring Models
FR1-SM-1000-SC-ST
CONFIGURATION
FIBER TYPE
FIBER LENGTH
AFL NO.
Standard, one fiber
Standard, one fiber, Laser Optimized
Standard, one fiber, Laser Optimized
Standard, one fiber
Standard, one fiber
Standard, one fiber
Standard, one fiber
Standard, one fiber, Bend Insensitive
Standard, one fiber, Bend Insensitive
Standard, one fiber, Bend Insensitive
Multimode, 50 µm, OM2
Multimode, 50 µm, OM3
Multimode, 50 µm, OM4
Multimode, 62.5 µm
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode
Single-mode, G.657.A2 BIF
Single-mode, G.657.A2 BIF
Single-mode, G.657.A2 BIF
150 m (492 ft)
150 m (492 ft)
150 m (492 ft)
150 m (492 ft)
150 m (492 ft)
500 m (1640 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
150 m (492 ft)
500 m (1640 ft)
1000 m (3280 ft)
FR1-M5-150- x1- x2
FR1-OM3-150-x1-x2
FR1-OM4-150-x1-x2
FR1-M6-150- x1- x2
FR1-SM-150-y1-y2
FR1-SM-500-y1-y2
FR1-SM-1000-y1-y2
FR1-BIF-150-y1-y2
FR1-BIF-500-y1-y2
FR1-BIF-1000-y1-y2
x1, x2 — connectors for multimode cables, specify type [ST, SC, ASC (angled SC), FC, AFC (angled FC), LC]
y1, y2 — connectors for single-mode cables, specify type [ST, SC, ASC (angled SC), FC, AFC (angled FC), LC]
Other connector types, fiber types, and fiber lengths will be quoted upon request.
FR1-SM-150-SC-SC
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FR00-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
57
OTDR Fiber Rings
How to Generate a Baseline Trace Using Fiber Rings
•• Use the Fiber Ring as a launch cable.
Connect the Fiber Ring between your OTDR and the fiber link under test. This will allow
you to measure the loss of the near-end connection.
•• Use the Fiber Ring as a receive cable.
Connect the Fiber Ring to the far-end connector of your fiber link under test. This will
allow you to measure the loss of the far-end connection.
•• By using Fiber Rings as both launch and receive cables, as shown in the diagram below,
you can measure total insertion loss of the fiber link under test.
Fiber ring - launch cable 2
6
7
Fiber link under test
Fiber ring - receive cable
Fiber ring connector
1
4
Fusion splice
OTDR port
OTDR
3
Near-end connection
5
Far-end connection
8
End of receive cable
Example OTDR Test Configuration with Launch and Receive Cables
OTDR port
1
8
End of receive cable
Near-end connection
2
6
Fiber link under test
Fiber ring - launch cable
3
5
Far-end connection
Fusion splice
4
7
Fiber ring receive cable
OTDR Trace Made using Launch and Receive Cables
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FR00-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
58
OLTS 5 Optical Loss Test Set
The OLTS 5 Optical Loss Test Set series offers end-to-end single-mode testing at either
1310/1550 nm or 1550/1625 nm. The OLTS 5 may be operated in automatic or manual
test modes. In its “two-unit” automatic test mode, a pair of OLTS 5 test sets may be
used to measure the end-to-end, bi-directional insertion loss of a pair of single-mode
fibers at 1310/1550 nm or 1550/1625 nm. Tests are started and controlled by the user
from the OLTS 5 configured as the Main unit. Test progress messages and results are
displayed on the Remote unit. Full test results can be reviewed and saved in the Main
unit. Thresholds may be set to provide Pass/Fail results. In its “single-unit” automatic
test mode the OLTS 5 can measure bi-directional, dual-wavelength insertion loss of
patch cords, or fiber optic cables while they are still on the reel. In the manual operating
mode individual OLTS 5 test sets can operate either as an optical power meter (OPM)
or dual-wavelength laser source.
The OLTS 5 can store dual-wavelength, bi-directional insertion loss results for
up to 1,000 fibers. Test results can be organized in up to 20 user-named files.
Windows® compatible software is provided to view, edit, and print test results.
OLTS 5 units are sold individually but normally used in pairs.
Features
•• Tier 1 certification to industry standards
•• ISO/TIA/EN/User setable Pass/Fail thresholds
•• Touch and Test™ user interface
•• TRM® reporting software
•• Inspection capable
Applications
•• Certification of multimode and single-mode fiber networks
•• Testing and Troubleshooting
•• Document Tier 1 results in a professional report
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OLT5-00-2000 Revision H, 2012-07-06
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
59
OLTS 5 Optical Loss Test Set
Specifications
a
MODEL
OLTS 5-3
OLTS 5-5
TRANSMIT PORT (LASER SOURCE) SPECIFICATIONS
Center Wavelengths
1310/1550 ±20 nm
1550/1625 ±20 nm
Emitter Type
Laser, Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Output Power into 9/125 SM fiber
-5 dBm (nominal)
-5 dBm (nominal)
Stability
±0.1 dB, up to 8 hours
±0.1 dB, up to 8 hours
Insertion Loss and Power Measurement Resolution 0.01 dB
0.01 dB
Available Connector Types
SC, FC, ST
SC, FC, ST
RECEIVE PORT (OPTICAL POWER MEASUREMENT) SPECIFICATIONS
Detector Type
InGaAs
InGaAs
Calibrated Wavelengths
850, 980, 1300, 1310, 1480, 1550, 1625 nm
OPM (manual) Mode Optical Power Display Range + 0 to –70 dBm
+10 to –70 dBm
OLTS (automatic) Mode Insertion Loss
45 dB
45 dB
Measurement Range
Accuracy at –10 dBm, 25ºC
±0.25 dB
±0.25 dB
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Display
128 X 64 dot matrix liquid crystal display
Dimensions (H x W x D)
18.5 X 11.1 X 4.6 cm (7.3 X 4.4 X 1.8 in)
Weight
0.55 kg (1.2 lb)
Operating Temperature and Humidity
0°C to +50°C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
Storage Temperature and Humidity
-20°C to +60°C, 95 % RH
Power
2 AA (2-cell NiMH or AC optional)
Battery Life (typical)
2 AA - 17 hours; NiMH battery pack - 11 hours
Connector Types
Thread-on adapter cap mount
OLTS 5-6
1310/1550 ±20 nm
-5 dBm (nominal)
±0.1 dB, up to 8 hours
0.01 dB
SC, FC, ST
Filtered InGaAs
+16 to –60 dBm
39 dB
±0.25 dB
Note:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
Ordering Information
Test jumpers and connector adapters are required for operation (purchased separately). Test jumpers with a variety of connector styles
and fiber types and adapter caps for most common connectors may be purchased from AFL.
INCLUDES
(1) OLTS 5, (2) AA alkaline batteries, protective rubber boot, PC software, adapter cap of the same connector type as the transmit port, and carry case.
AFL NO.
All OLTS 5 models
Calibration Plans
AFL recommends annual calibrations on NOYES Test and Inspection products. Prepaid Cal plans offer two annual calibrations at
a discounted price, a convenient calibration expiration email service, express calibration services and access to the NOYES product
knowledge base. Cal Plus plans offer the same services as the Cal plans with the addition of a two year extended warranty (three
years total coverage).
MODEL
2 YR CAL PLAN
2 YR CAL PLUS PLAN
AFL NO.
AFL NO.
OLTS5 -3
OLTS5 -5
OLTS5 -6
CAL2-00-OLTS5-3
CAL2-00-OLTS5-5
CAL2-00-OLTS5-6
CAL2-01-OLTS5-3
CAL2-01-OLTS5-5
CAL2-01-OLTS5-6
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OLT5-00-2000 Revision H, 2012-07-06
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
60
OPM5 and OPM4 Optical Power Meters
Features
•• Rugged, dependable, tools backed with 5-Year Warranty
•• Single-mode and multimode applications
•• Wave ID supports testing up to three wavelengths simultaneously
•• Field swappable connector adapters provide flexibility
•• Large display visible in direct sunlight. Backlight for dim conditions
•• Stores optical reference at each calibrated wavelength
•• Detection of multiple test tones for fiber identification
•• Equipped with five-minute auto-off feature
•• Long battery life from globally available 2 x AA (Mignon) batteries
•• Fully N.I.S.T. traceable.
OPM5 Optical Power Meter
Applications
•• Passive Optical Networks (PON) testing
•• Save test data for Report Generation (OPM5)
•• OPM(5/4)-4D (Filtered-InGaAs) for high power (+26 dBm) CATV Broadband networks
or DWDM system applications
•• OPM(5/4)-3D (InGaAs) for Telecommunications networks
•• OPM(5/4)-2D (Ge) for Premises LAN/WAN multimode or single-mode networks
•• OPM4-1D (Silicon) for multimode / plastic optical fiber applications
With more than 25 years of experience in the optical testing industry and thousands of
units in use around the world, AFL is a trusted supplier of optical power meters. Backed by
5-year product warranties, these are the quality products you can trust.
Designed for use in outside plant environments
•• Splash resistant controls
•• Withstands one-meter drop test
•• Controls designed for easy operation with gloves
•• Field swappable optical adapters allow access for cleaning optical port and supports
multiple connector styles
•• Efficient design provides long test time from globally available AA batteries
OPM5 with Data Storage of Test Results
OPM4 Optical Power Meter
File Management system allows technicians to organize test results into multiple files
and transfer stored results via USB to a PC for analyzing, generating reports, and printing.
The supplied powerful PC Analysis and Reporting Tool (TRM® 2.0) allows users to apply
industry-standards-based rules to test results and create comprehensive certification
reports. Users can generate network Pass/Fail results demonstrating compliance to industry
standards and illustrate headroom.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OPM0-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
61
OPM5 and OPM4 Optical Power Meters
Specifications
a
OPTICAL
MODEL
OPM5-4D, OPM4-4D
Calibrated Wavelengths 850, 980, 1300, 1310, 1490,
1550, 1625 nm
Detector Type
Filtered InGaAs
Measurement Range
+26 to -50 dBm
Tone Detect Range
+6 to -30 dBm
+6 to -25 dBm for 850 nm
Wavelength ID Range +6 to -30 dBm
+6 to -25 dBm for 850 nm
Accuracy b
Resolution
Measurement Units
GENERAL
Power
Adapter Caps
Battery Life
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Size (H x W x D)
Weight
OPM5-3D, OPM4-3D
850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550,
1625 nm
InGaAs
+10 to -75 dBm
+10 to -50 dBm
+10 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
+10 to -50 dBm
+10 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
OPM5-2D, OPM4-2D
850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550 nm
Germanium (Ge)
+6 to -60 dBm
+6 to -50 dBm
+6 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
+6 to -50 dBm
+6 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
±0.25 dB
0.01 dB
dB, dBm, μW
OPM4-1D
650, 660, 780, 850 nm
Silicon (Si)
+6 to -70 dBm
+6 to -45 dBm
—
2 x AA batteries, accepts standard mini-USB power adapter
Order with one: 1.25 mm Universal, 2.5 mm Universal, FC, SC, ST, LC. Other connector adapters available
300 hours
-10 °C to 50 °C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
-30 °C to 60 °C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
14.0 x 8.1 x 3.8 cm (5.5 x 3.2 x 1.5 in)
0.26 kg (0.58 lb)
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b. Accuracy measured at 25 ºC and -10 dBm per N.I.S.T. standards.
Ordering Information
All OPM models include optical power meter, 2 AA batteries, protective rubber boot, customer specified adapter cap, and carry case.
OPM5 models also include TRM® 2.0 software (Basic License). Quick Ref Guides (PDF format) are available in Chinese Simplified, Chinese
Traditional, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish and Turkish on www.AFLglobal.com/OPMQRG.
When placing an order, select
options as follows:
•• Model Number (M),
•• Detector Type (N),
•• Connector Configuration (CC)
MODEL
OPM M
N
CC
Model Number (M)
Connector (CC)
M = 5, 4
CC = FC, SC, ST, LC, 2.5 mm,
1.25 mm (ONE ONLY!)
Detector Type (N)
N = 4, 3, 2, 1
DETECTOR TYPE
MEASUREMENT
RANGE (dBm)
PC SOFTWARE
InGaAs
+26 to -50
TRM 2.0
OPM5-3D
InGaAs
+10 to -75
TRM 2.0
OPM5-2D
Germanium
+6 to -60
TRM 2.0
OPM4-4D
InGaAs
+26 to -50
OPM4-3D
InGaAs
+10 to -75
OPM4-2D
Germanium
+6 to -60
OPM4-1D
Silicon
+6 to -70
650
660
780
CALIBRATED WAVELENGTHS (nm)
850
980
1300 1310 1490 1550 1625
OPM5-4D
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OPM0-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
62
OPM5 and OPM4 Optical Power Meters
OPM Accessories
DESCRIPTION
ADAPTER CAPS
2.5 mm Universal (accepts FC, SC, and ST ferrules)
1.25 mm Universal (accepts LC and MU ferrules)
FC
SC
ST®
LC simplex/duplex
E-2000
MU simplex
2.5 mm open Universal. Accepts SC duplex, OptiTap connector for measuring optical power.
SMA
D4
Biconic
DIN 47256
Radiall PFO/VFO
ADAPTERS FOR PLASTIC OPTICAL FIBER (POF)
1000 mm bare fiber (plastic)
HP-HFBR-45XX POF Universal
USB CABLE
USB Cable: PC (USB-A) to OPM (USB-MINI B):
OPM5 MODEL
OPM4 MODEL
•• Connect OPM to PC for data upload to TRM ® 2.0
Connect to PC and External power External power only
•• External Power for OPM (when used with customer supplied USB-A power source)
AFL NO.
8800-00-0214
8800-00-0224
8800-00-0200
8800-00-0209
8800-00-0202
8800-00-0225
8800-00-0221
8800-00-0226
8800-00-0219
8800-00-0203
8800-00-0201
8800-00-0204
8800-00-0211
8800-00-0212
8800-00-0223
8800-00-0271PR
6000-00-0024MR
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OPM0-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
63
OPM4-FTTx PON Power Meter
NOYES OPM4-FTTx measures downstream signals in FTTH and other passive optical
networks (PON) that use 1490 nm for data and 1550 nm for video traffic. Equipped
with PON specific wavelength filters and a dual photo detector, the OPM4-FTTx can
separately and simultaneously measure 1490 and 1550 nm power at the ONT or other
points in an FTTx PON. Measurements are clearly visible on the dual-wavelength
display – even in direct sunlight.
Visual Fault Locator
(VFL) - 650 nm (red) standard on all OPM4-FTTx units. A majority of fiber failures
occur in the first few meters of the fiber – at connection points. The integrated VFL
allows technicians to quickly perform short-range fault location and connectivity testing
without extra tools.
The power meter and VFL ports accept thread-on style adapter caps and are compatible
with angled or non-angled connectors. The OPM4-FTTx offers an automatic power
shut-off feature, long battery life from standard AA alkaline batteries, and is fully N.I.S.T.
traceable.
Features
•• BPON, GPON, and EPON compatible
•• Simultaneous power measurement at 1490 and 1550 nm
•• Power shown in units of dBm or µW
•• Comparison of power levels in dB
•• Integrated VFL
•• Auto power shut-off feature
•• Dual-wavelength, sunlight readable LCD display
•• Compatible with APC or UPC connectors
•• Standard alkaline AA batteries
•• Handheld, rugged, lightweight
•• N.I.S.T traceable
Applications
•• ONT splitter installation testing
•• Designed for rapid ONT troubleshooting
•• Supports BPON, EPON, and GPON configurations
•• Fault-locating drop cables and F2 fibers from FDH to ONT
© 2008-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OPM4-14-2000 Revision 1E, 2012-07-06
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
64
OPM4-FTTx PON Power Meter
Specifications
POWER METER
Calibrated Wavelengths
Signal Format
Detector Type
Measurement Range
Accuracy b
Resolution
Measurement Units
VFL LASER
Output Power (typical)
Wavelength (nominal)
Safety
GENERAL
Power
Battery Life (typical)
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Size (H x W x D)
Weight
Ordering Information
a
INCLUDES
OPM4-FTTx PON power meter, 2 AA batteries, protective
rubber boot, SC adapter for power meter port, 2.5 mm
universal adapter for VFL port, user’s guide, and carry case
1490 nm, 1550 nm
CW or downstream BPON, GPON, or EPON
Filtered InGaAs
+10 to -50 dBm @ 1490 nm; +20 to -50 dBm @
1550 nm
±0.5 dB (±0.35 dB typical)
0.01 dB
dB, dBm, μW
AFL NO.
OPM4-FTTx
Accessories
DESCRIPTION
FC adapter
SC adapter
ST® adapter
LC adapter
0.8 mW
650 nm
Class II, FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 & 1040.11, IEC 608251: 2007-3
AFL NO.
8800-00-0200
8800-00-0209
8800-00-0202
8800-00-0225
Calibration Plans
AFL recommends annual calibrations on NOYES Test and
Inspection products. Prepaid Cal plans offer two annual
calibrations at a discounted price, a convenient calibration
expiration email service, express calibration services and access
to the NOYES product knowledge base. Cal Plus plans offer the
same services as the Cal plans with the addition of a two year
extended warranty (three years total coverage).
2 AA batteries
Power meter - 100 hours; Power meter (backlight on)
- 16 hours;
Power meter and VFL - 6 hours; Power meter (backlight on) and VFL - 5 hours
-10°C to 50°C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
-30°C to 60°C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
14.0 x 8.1 x 3.8 cm (5.5 x 3.2 x 1.5 in)
0.26 kg (0.58 lb)
MODEL
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b. At calibration power levels of approximately -5 dBm for 1550 nm and -10
dBm for 1490 nm.
OPM4-FTTH
2 YR CAL PLAN
2 YR CAL PLUS PLAN
AFL NO.
AFL NO.
CAL2-00-OPM4-FTTH
CAL2-01-OPM4-FTTH
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2008-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OPM4-14-2000 Revision 1E, 2012-07-06
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
65
OPM1 Optical Power Meter
This portable optical power meter may be used to measure
optical power in premises, telco, or broadband fiber optic
networks. When used with an LED or laser light source, the
OPM1 can also measure the attenuation (insertion loss) of
multimode or single-mode cables.
With only two controls–ON/OFF and wavelength–the OPM1
is our simplest to use optical power meter. Power is displayed
in dBm only - making the OPM1 an ideal meter for fiber optic
training courses.
Optical power in dBm and the calibration wavelength setting are
displayed on an easy-to-read LCD display. The optical input port
accepts NOYES thread-on style connector adapter caps. Adapter
caps are required and must be ordered separately.
The OPM1 is fully N.I.S.T. traceable and runs on a standard 9-volt
alkaline battery.
Features
•• 850, 1300, 1310, 1550 nm
•• Premises (Ge) and broadband (InGaAs) models
•• Displays optical power (dBm)
•• Our simplest to use optical power meter
•• N.I.S.T. traceable
Applications
•• OPM1-2C for testing multimode and single-mode networks
•• OPM1-3C optimized for WAN, CATV, and Telco systems
•• Fiber Optic Training courses
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OPM1-00-2001 Revision R, 2012-07-06
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
66
OPM1 Optical Power Meter
Specifications
OPTICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Calibration Wavelengths
Calibration Plans
a
OPM1-2C
AFL recommends annual calibrations on NOYES Test and
Inspection products. Prepaid Cal plans offer two annual
calibrations at a discounted price, a convenient calibration
expiration email service, express calibration services and access
to the NOYES product knowledge base. Cal Plus plans offer the
same services as the Cal plans with the addition of a two year
extended warranty (three years total coverage).
OPM1-3C
850, 1300, 1310,
850, 1300, 1310, 1550,
1550 nm
1625 nm
Detector Type
Germanium (Ge)
InGaAs
Measurement Range
+6 to -60 dBm
+6 to -70 dBm
Accuracy b
±0.25 dB
Measurement Units
dBm
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Typical 60 hours with 9V battery
Adapter Caps
2.5 mm Universal Included for FC, ST, SC
Connector specific adapters available
Operating Temperature
-10 °C to 50 °C
Relative Humidity
0 to 95 % (non-condensing)
Storage Temperature
-30 °C to 60 °C
Size (H x W x D)
Weight
MODEL
OPM1-2C
OPM1-3C
2 YR CAL PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-00-OPM1-2
CAL2-00-OPM1-3
2 YR CAL PLUS PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-01-OPM1-2
CAL2-01-OPM1-3
14.0 x 8.1 x 3.8 cm (5.5 x 3.2 x 1.5 in)
0.26 kg (0.58 lb)
Note:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b. Accuracy measured at 25ºC and -10 dBm per N.I.S.T. standards.
Accessories
DESCRIPTION
FC adapter
SC adapter
ST® adapter
LC adapter
AFL NO.
8800-00-0200
8800-00-0209
8800-00-0202
8800-00-0225
* See www.AFLglobal.com for full list of adapter caps
Ordering Information
INCLUDES
AFL NO.
Protective rubber boot, 9V battery, manual, 2.5 mm Univer- All OPM1 models
sal Adapter cap and carrying case.
Optical power meters and optical light sources can be packaged together as a kit.
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OPM1-00-2001 Revision R, 2012-07-06
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
67
Contractor Series Light Sources and Power Meters
Contractor Series Light Sources and Power Meters are rugged test instruments designed with intuitive simple
user interface allowing technicians to focus on installing and maintaining fiber networks. Both single-mode and
multimode kit options provide tools for measuring network insertion loss, continuity checks, and fiber identification.
Features
•• Palm-sized rugged, dependable, tools backed with
5-year warranty
•• Cost-effective, easy to use
•• Auto-off time out feature to maximize battery life
•• Large sunlight readable display. Backlight for dim conditions
Applications
•• Link loss measurements
•• Certify SM and MM links to industry standards
•• Continuity check and fiber identification prior to fusion splicing
CSS1-MM LED Source
CSM1 Power Meter
•• Four models provide wide wavelength and power level ranges
•• Stores optical references for each calibrated wavelength
•• Auto-detects Test Tones for use in fiber identification
•• Optical input port accepts a variety of thread-on adapter caps
CSS1-SM Laser Source
CSS1-SM Laser Source
•• 1310 nm and 1550 nm LASER output from single test port
•• Output port accepts UCI threaded adapters
(FC, SC, ST, LC) for flexibility and access to launch fiber for
cleaning and inspection
CSS1-MM LED Source
•• 850 nm and 1300 nm LED output from single test port
•• 50 µm and 62.5 µm mandrels included
CSS1 Sources Transmit:
•• CW continuous wave output (DC)
•• Test Tones (2000, 1000, 330, 270 Hz) for fiber identification
–– Use power meters when technician has fiber end access
–– Use OFI (optical fiber identifier) for mid-span testing
CSM1 Power Meter
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. CS00-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
68
Contractor Series Light Sources and Power Meters
Contractor Series Models
POWER METER MODELS
CSM1-4
CSM1-3
CSM1-2
CSM1-1
CALIBRATED WAVELENGTHS (nm)
850, 980, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625
850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625
850, 1300, 1310, 1550
660, 780, 850
LIGHT SOURCES MODELS FIBER TYPE
CSS1-SM
SM
CSS1-MM
MM
WAVELENGTHS (nm)
1310, 1550
850, 1300
LOSS TEST KITS MODELS
CKSM-2
POWER METER
CSM1-2
CKS-2
CKS-3
CKM-2
Specifications
FIBER TYPE
SM
MM
SM
SM
MM
TARGET APPLICATIONS
High Power Single-mode Measurements
Single-mode Measurements
Mixed Multimode and Single-mode Measurements
Plastic Optical Fiber Measurements
TARGET APPLICATIONS
SM Networks, LAN/WAN Testing
Ethernet, Token Ring, and FDDI Fiber Links
LIGHT SOURCE
CSS1-SM
CSS1-MM
CSS1-SM
CSS1-SM
CSS1-MM
CSM1-2
CSM1-3
CSM1-2
DYNAMIC RANGE (dB)
60 @ 1310/1550 nm, on 9/125 single-mode fiber
40 @ 850/1300 nm, on 62.5/125 multimode fiber
60 @ 1310/1550 nm, on 9/125 single-mode fiber
70 @ 1310/1550 nm, on 9/125 single-mode fiber
40 @ 850/1300 nm, on 62.5/125 multimode fiber
a
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS: CSM1 POWER METER
MODEL
CSM1-4
Calibrated Wavelengths 850, 980, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625 nm
Detector Type
Filtered InGaAs
Measurement Range
+26 to -50 dBm
Tone Detect Range
+6 to -30 dBm
+6 to -25 dBm for 850 nm
Accuracy b
Resolution
Measurement Units
CSM1-3
850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625 nm
InGaAs
+6 to -70 dBm
+6 to -50 dBm
+6 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
± 0.3 dB
0.01 dB
dB, dBm, µW
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS: CSM1 LIGHT SOURCE
MODEL
CSS1-SM (Single Port)
Wavelength
1310 nm ±20 nm
1550 nm ±20 nm
Spectral Width (max)
5 nm
5 nm
Emitter Type. Safety Class Laser. Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 & 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Output Power
≥0.0 dBm into 9/125 fiber
Output Stability c
±0.05 dB over 1 hour; ±0.15 dB over 8 hours
Tone Output
2000, 1000, 330, 270 Hz
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
Output Connector
Power
Battery Life
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Size (H x W x D)
Weight
CSM1
Supports Most Industry Standard Connectors
2 AA batteries,
>300 hours
CSM1-2
850, 1300, 1310, 1550 nm
Germanium (Ge)
+6 to -60 dBm
+6 to -50 dBm
+6 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
CSM1-1
660, 780, 850 nm
Silicon (Si)
+6 to -70 dBm
+6 to -45 dBm
CSS1-MM (Single-Port)
850 nm ±20 nm
1300 nm +40/-60 nm
35 nm
170 nm
LED, Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 & 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
≥-20.0 dBm into 62.5/125 fiber
±0.1 dB over 1 hour; ±0.15 dB over 8 hours
N/A
CSS1-SM
CSS1-MM
SC, FC, ST, LC
SC Fixed
2 AA batteries,
2 AA batteries,
75 hours (typical)
30 hours (typical)
-10 °C to 50 °C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
-30 °C to 60 °C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
14.0 x 8.1 x 3.8 cm (5.5 x 3.2 x 1.5 in)
0.29 kg (0.65 lb)
Notes:
a. All specifications at 25 °C unless otherwise specified.
b. Accuracy measured at 25 °C and -10 dBm per N.I.S.T. standards.
c. After typical 30 second warm up.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. CS00-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
69
Contractor Series Light Sources and Power Meters
Ordering Information
Each Contractor Series Kit ships with adapter caps for all included instruments, AA alkaline batteries, user guide, and carry case with room
for optional cleaning supplies (see below). Fiber mandrels (50 micron and 62.5 micron) are included with CKSM-2 and CKM-2 kits.
When purchased separately, CSM1 power meters and CSS1 light sources ship with connector adapter, AA alkaline batteries, user guide,
and carry case. Fiber mandrels (50 micron and 62.5 micron) are included with CSS1-MM units.
Test jumpers are required for operation (purchased separately). Test jumpers with a variety of connector styles and fiber types and adapter
caps for most common connectors may be purchased from AFL.
Models and Configurations
MODEL NUMBER
CKSM-2
CKS-2-cc (cc = FC or SC)
CKS-3-cc (cc = FC or SC)
CKM-2
CSS1-SM-cc (c = FC, SC, ST, or LC)
CSS1-MM
CSM1-4-cc (cc = *)
CSM1-3-cc (cc = *)
CSM1-2-cc (cc = *)
CSM1-1-cc (cc = *)
INCLUDES
Single-mode and Multimode Test kIt. Available with SC connector adapters.
Single-Mode Test Kit. Available with FC or SC connectors adapters.
Single-Mode Test Kit. Available with FC or SC connectors adapters.
Multimode Test Kit. Available with SC connector adapters.
Single-mode LASER Source. Available with FC, SC, ST, or LC connector adapters.
Multimode LED Source. Available with SC connector adapter..
High Power InGaAs Detector for single-mode applications.
InGaAs Detector for single-mode applications.
Germanium Detector for Multimode/Single-mode applications.
Silicon Detector for Plastic Optical Fiber Measurements.
* For CSM1 power meters, cc = FC, SC, ST, LC, 2.5 mm, 1.25 mm. Other connector styles are available; see accessories section.
Accessories
The following accessories will help maximize your Contractor Series performance and provide flexibility to interface to many industry
standard connectors.
Optional Cleaning Supply Packages – Sized to Fit in CK Carry Cases
Accurate test results require clean optical connectors – cleaning kits below are designed to support optical loss testing. A great accessory
for maintaining new test equipment measurement integrity!
DESCRIPTION
Wet Cleaning Kit
Dry Cleaning Kit
INCLUDES
8500-10-0016MZ, Cletop-SB or cleaning exposed ferrules (jumper ends).
CCTS-25-0900MZ, connector Cleaning Tips for 2.5 mm ferrule in adapters or sockets (SC, FC, ST in adapters), Blue (40 sticks).
CCTS-12-0900MZ, connector Cleaning Tips for 1.25 mm ferrule in adapters or sockets (LC, MU in adapters), Green (40 sticks).
FCC2-00-0900, optical quality Cleaning Fluid for fiber connector end faces.
8500-10-0016MZ, Cletop-SB for cleaning exposed ferrules (jumper ends).
8500-10-0024MZ, ACT-01 2.5 mm adapter cleaning tips (Qty = 200).
AFL NO.
8500-20-0900
8500-20-0901
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. CS00-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
70
Contractor Series Light Sources and Power Meters
CSS1-SM Single-mode Light Source Accessories
DESCRIPTION
FC UCI connector adapter
SC UCI connector adapter
ST UCI connector adapter
LC UCI connector adapter
Universal flip-top dust cap for UCI outputs
AFL NO.
2900-50-0002MR
2900-50-0003MR
2900-50-0004MR
2900-50-0006MR
8800-00-0072PR
CSM1 Power Meter Adapter Caps
DESCRIPTION
2.5 mm Universal (accepts FC, SC, and ST ferrules)
1.25 mm Universal (accepts LC and MU ferrules)
FC
SC
ST
LC simplex/duplex
E-2000
MU simplex
2.5 mm open Universal, Accepts SC duplex, OptiTap connector
SMA
D4
Biconic
DIN 47256
Radial PFO/VFO
1,000 mm bare fiber (Plastic Fiber – POF)
HP-HFBR-45XX universal (Plastic Fiber – POF)
AFL NO.
8800-00-0214
8800-00-0224
8800-00-0200
8800-00-0209
8800-00-0202
8800-00-0225
8800-00-0221
8800-00-0226
8800-00-0219
8800-00-0203
8800-00-0201
8800-00-0204
8800-00-0211
8800-00-0212
8800-00-0223
8800-00-0271PR
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. CS00-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
71
OLS Series Light Sources
Features
•• Rugged, dependable, tools backed with 5-Year Warranty
•• Simple user interface minimizes training requirements
•• Stabilized outputs for accurate loss measurements
•• Wave ID supports testing up to three wavelengths simultaneously
•• Field swappable output adapters provide flexibility
Applications
•• Link loss measurements
•• Certify SM and MM links to industry standards
•• Continuity check and fiber identification for maintenance restoration
With more than 25 years of experience in the optical testing industry and thousands of
units in use around the world, AFL is a trusted supplier of optical light sources. Backed by
5-year product warranties, these are the quality products you can trust.
OLS7 Optical Laser Source
Designed for use in outside plant environments
•• Splash resistant controls
•• Withstands one-meter drop test
•• Controls designed for easy operation with gloves
•• Field swappable output adapters allow access for cleaning optical port and supports
multiple connector styles
•• Efficient design provides long test time from globally available AA batteries. External
power adapter available for extended testing or lab situations.
Output Modes Supported
•• Wave ID (Triple, Dual, or Single) decreases test time while reducing technician errors
•• CW mode provides continuous output (no encoding)
•• Test Tone (2000, 1000, 330, 270 Hz) for use in fiber identification with NOYES® brand
power meters (with fiber end access) or NOYES® brand Optical Fiber Identifier (OFI)
products for non-intrusive, mid-span testing
OLS4 Optical Laser Source
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OLS0-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
72
OLS Series Light Sources
OLS Series Models and Applications
MODEL
OLS7-FTTx
OLS7-FTTH
OLS7-3
OLS4
OLS2-Dual
OLS1-Dual
Specifications
MM / SM
SM
SM
SM
MM / SM
SM
MM
WAVELENGTHS (nm)
1310, 1490, 1625
1310, 1490, 1550
1310, 1550, 1625
850, 1300 / 1310, 1550
1310, 1550
850, 1300
APPLICATIONS
FTTH Networks
FTTH Networks
Telecom & CATV Networks
Loss Testing of SM/MM networks
SM Networks, LAN/WAN Testing
Ethernet, Token Ring, and FDDI Fiber Links
a
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS: OLS7 MODELS
MODEL
OLS7-FTTX (Single Port)
OLS7-FTTH (Single Port)
OLS7-3 (Single Port)
Wavelength (±20 nm)
1310 nm
1490 nm
1625 nm
1310 nm
1490 nm
1550 nm
1310 nm
1550 nm
1625 nm
Spectral Width
5 nm
3 nm
2 nm
5 nm
3 nm
5 nm
5 nm
5 nm
2 nm
Emitter Type
Laser
Safety Class
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Output Power
-5 dBm (typical), 9/125 fiber
Output Stability
±0.05 dB over 1 hour (after 15 minutes warm-up)
±0.1 dB over 8 hours (after 15 minutes warm-up)
Tone Output
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS: OLS4, OLS2-DUAL & OLS1-DUAL MODELS
MODEL
OLS4
OLS4
OLS2-DUAL
(MM Optical Port)
(SM Optical Port)
(Single Port)
Wavelength
850 ±30 nm 1300 +30/-20 nm 1310 ±20 nm
1550 ±20 nm
1310 ±20 nm 1550 ±20 nm
Spectral Width
45 nm (typ)
120 nm (typ)
5 nm (max)
5 nm (max)
5 nm (max)
Emitter Type
LED
Laser
Laser
Safety Class
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Output Power
>-20 dBm, 62.5 μm multimode c
0 dBm, 9 μm single-mode
0 dBm, 9 μm single-mode d
Output Stability
±0.1 dB over 8 hours
±0.05 dB over 1 hour (after 15 minutes warm-up)
(after 5 minutes warm-up)
±0.1 dB over 8 hours (after 15 minutes warm-up)
Tone Output
N/A
2 kHz
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz
OLS1-DUAL
(Single Port b)
850 ±30 nm 1300 +30/-20 nm
45 nm (typ)
120 nm (typ)
LED
>-20 dBm, 62.5 μm multimode c
±0.1 dB over 8 hours
(after 5 minutes warm-up)
N/A
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: ALL OLS MODELS
Available Adapters
SC FC, ST, LC
Power
2 AA batteries, optional AC adapter
Battery Life
SM port: 72 hours typical (40 hours minimum). MM port: 30 hours typical (20 hours minimum)
Operating Temperature
-10 °C to 50 °C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
Storage Temperature
-30 °C to 60 °C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
Size (H x W x D)
14.0 x 8.1 x 3.8 cm (5.5 x 3.2 x 1.5 in)
Weight
0.29 kg (0.65 lb)
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b. May be used to test 50 or 62.5 μm fiber with supplied mandrels.
c. Output power will be approximately 3 dB less if a 50 µm mandrel-wrapped jumper is used instead of a 62.5 µm mandrel-wrapped jumper.
d. Adjustable 2 dB.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OLS0-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
73
OLS Series Light Sources
Ordering Information
When ordering, specify connector type at the end of model number (e.g. OLS2-DUAL-SC).
All OLS models include protective rubber boot, 2 AA batteries and carry case. AC adapters are available (ordered separately), see table
below. Test jumpers and connector adapters are required for operation (purchased separately). Test jumpers with a variety of connector
styles and fiber types and adapter caps for most common connectors may be purchased from AFL.
AFL NO.
850
OUTPUT WAVELENGTHS (nm)
1300 1310 1490 1550
1625
OUTPUT
PORTS
EMITTER TYPE
WAVE ID
TRANSMIT
AVAILABLE
CONNECTORS
POWER
OLS7-FTTx
1
Laser
FC, SC, ST, LC
(2) AA, AC
OLS7-FTTH
1
Laser
FC, SC, ST, LC
(2) AA, AC
OLS7-3
1
Laser
FC, SC, ST, LC
(2) AA, AC
OLS4
2
LED and Laser
FC, SC, ST, LC
(2) AA, AC
OLS2-DUAL
1
Laser
FC, SC, ST, LC
(2) AA, AC
OLS1-DUAL
1
LED
FC, SC, ST, LC
(2) AA, AC
OLS AC Adapter and Connector Adapters
DESCRIPTION
FC connector adapter
SC connector adapter
ST connector adapter
LC connector adapter
Universal flip-top dust cap for UCI outputs
100-240 VAC to 9 VDC, AC adapter
AFL NO.
2900-50-0002MR
2900-50-0003MR
2900-50-0004MR
2900-50-0006MR
8800-00-0072PR
4050-00-0119PR
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OLS0-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
74
OLS1 LED Light Source
The OLS1 LED light source is a cost-effective, rugged, handheld instrument designed for
performing insertion loss measurements on fiber optic links when used with an optical
power meter. The LED output is stabilized to ensure accurate test results per current TIA/
EIA requirements.
The OLS1 is easy to operate with only a [Wavelength/ Power] switch, which selects
optical wavelengths or disables unit ( position). [Active Output], [Battery], and
[External Power] indicators identify the currently enabled output port, battery charge
status, and external power presence. Weighing only 0.65 lb, the OLS1 is compact and
convenient for field use. The OLS1 operates over 60 hours from a typical 9V alkaline
battery. An AC adapter is optional for extended use.
The OLS1 light source is fully N.I.S.T. traceable.
Features
•• Rugged, handheld, lightweight
•• 850 and 1300 nm LED (multimode) light sources (660 nm available)
•• Certify 50 µm or 62.5µ multimode fiber links for any 850 or 1300 nm application,
including Gigabit Ethernet (GBE) per TIA/EIA standards
•• Free 50 µm and 62.5 µm mandrels
•• Long battery life
•• Cost-effective, easy to use
•• N.I.S.T. traceable
Applications
•• Operating at 850 nm, the OLS1-1C can be used for testing Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet,
Token Ring, and other multimode ­LAN systems.
•• Operating at 660 nm, the OLS1-1C can test 1000 µ fiber and trace fibers with
the visible 660 nm output.
•• The OLS1-2C operates at 850 and 1300 nm for use on Ethernet, Token Ring,
and FDDI. The 1300 nm output can also be used to test short distance (up to 10 km)
single-mode fiber links.
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OLS1-00-2002 Revision T, 2012-08-01
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
75
OLS1 LED Light Source
Specifications
a
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output Ports
Output Wavelength
OLS1-1C
2
660 nm - red
850 + 35/-40 nm
OLS1-2C
2
850 + 35/-40 nm
Spectral Width (typ) (FWHM)
30 nm
40 nm
40 nm
120 nm
Output Power
Fiber Size
Output Connector
-10 dBm b
>-20 dBm
1000 µm, 62.5 µm c
ST
>-20 dBm
62.5 µm c
ST
>-20 dBm
Emitter Type
Stability
LED, Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
±0.1 dB over 8 hours (after 5-minute warm-up)
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Size (H x W x D)
Weight
Typical 60 hours with 9V battery, optional AC adapter
-10°C to 50°C
-30°C to 60°C
14.0 x 8.1 x 3.8 cm (5.5 x 3.2 x 1.5 in)
0.29 kg (0.65 lb)
1300 +50/-10 nm
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b -10 dBm output is into 1000 micron fiber.
c. May be used to test 50 or 62.5 μm fiber with supplied mandrels.
Ordering Information
Test jumpers and connector adapters are required for operation (purchased separately).
Test jumpers with a variety of connector styles and fiber types and adapter caps for most
common connectors may be purchased from AFL.
INCLUDES
Protective rubber boot, 9V battery, 50 µm and 62.5 µm mandrels, and carrying case.
AFL NO.
All OLS1 Models
Calibration Plans
AFL recommends annual calibrations on NOYES Test and Inspection products. Prepaid
Cal plans offer two annual calibrations at a discounted price, a convenient calibration
expiration email service, express calibration services and access to the NOYES product
knowledge base. Cal Plus plans offer the same services as the Cal plans with the
addition of a two year extended warranty (three years total coverage).
MODEL
OLS1-1
OLS1-2
2 YR CAL PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-00-OLS1-1
CAL2-00-OLS1-2
2 YR CAL PLUS PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-01-OLS1-1
CAL2-01-OLS1-2
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OLS1-00-2002 Revision T, 2012-08-01
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
76
Optical Loss Test Kits SMLP, SLP, MLP Series
AFL Legacy – 30 years of supplying fiber optic solutions. Customer
Loyalty – Leading Telecommunications and Enterprise customers
around the world rely on AFL test sets. With over 100,000 test sets
shipped, AFL delivers reliable performance – leading the industry
with a full 5-year warranty.
Features
•• Rugged, dependable, tools backed with 5-year warranty
•• Wave ID supports testing up to three wavelengths
simultaneously
•• Field swappable connector adapters provide flexibility
•• Long battery life from globally available AA batteries
Designed for use in outside plant environments
•• Splash resistant controls
•• Withstands one-meter drop test
•• Controls designed for easy operation with gloves
•• Field swappable connector adapters provide flexibility and
access for cleaning optical ports at time of test
SMLP5-5 Kit
EF Compliant solutions available,
see pages 3 - 4 for details
Wave ID - Increase test speed with fewer errors
•• Simultaneous multi-wavelength testing cuts loss measurement
time in half or more
•• Automatic wavelength identification eliminates setup errors and
simplifies coordination between users at opposite ends of fiber
Applications
•• Certify multimode and single-mode links per TIA/EIA standards
•• Passive Optical Networks (PON) testing
•• Certification report generation with TRM® 2.0 software
•• Fiber identification prior to splicing
•• Continuity checking
Encircled Flux (EF) Mode Controller
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OLTK-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-09-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
77
Optical Loss Test Kits SMLP, SLP, MLP Series
Specifications
a
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS - POWER METERS
MODEL
OPM5-4D, OPM4-4D
Calibrated Wavelengths 850, 980, 1300, 1310, 1490,
1550, 1625 nm
Detector Type
Filtered InGaAs
Measurement Range
+26 to -50 dBm
Tone Detect Range
+6 to -30 dBm
+6 to -25 dBm for 850 nm
Wavelength ID Range +6 to -30 dBm
+6 to -25 dBm for 850 nm
Accuracy b
Resolution
Measurement Units
OPM5-3D, OPM4-3D
850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550,
1625 nm
InGaAs
+10 to -75 dBm
+10 to -50 dBm
+10 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
+10 to -50 dBm
+10 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
OPM5-2D, OPM4-2D
850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550 nm
Germanium (Ge)
+6 to -60 dBm
+6 to -50 dBm
+6 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
+6 to -50 dBm
+6 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
±0.25 dB
0.01 dB
dB, dBm, μW
OPM4-1D
650, 660, 780, 850 nm
Silicon (Si)
+6 to -70 dBm
+6 to -45 dBm
—
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS: OLS7 MODELS
MODEL
OLS7-FTTX (Single Port)
OLS7-FTTH (Single Port)
OLS7-3 (Single Port)
Wavelength (±20 nm)
1310 nm
1490 nm
1625 nm
1310 nm
1490 nm
1550 nm
1310 nm
1550 nm
1625 nm
Spectral Width
5 nm
3 nm
2 nm
5 nm
3 nm
5 nm
5 nm
5 nm
2 nm
Emitter Type
Laser
Safety Class
bClass I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Output Power
-5 dBm (typical), 9/125 fiber
Output Stability
±0.05 dB over 1 hour (after 15 minutes warm-up)
±0.1 dB over 8 hours (after 15 minutes warm-up)
Tone Output
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS: OLS4, OLS2-DUAL & OLS1-DUAL MODELS
MODEL
OLS4
OLS4
OLS2-DUAL
(MM Optical Port)
(SM Optical Port)
(Single Port)
Wavelength
850 ±30 nm 1300 +30/-20 nm 1310 ±20 nm
1550 ±20 nm
1310 ±20 nm 1550 ±20 nm
Spectral Width
45 nm (typ)
120 nm (typ)
5 nm (max)
5 nm (max)
5 nm (max)
Emitter Type
LED
Laser
Laser
Safety Class
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
0 dBm, 9 μm single-mode
0 dBm, 9 μm single-mode d
Output Power
>-20 dBm, 62.5 μm multimode c
Output Stability
±0.1 dB over 8 hours
±0.05 dB over 1 hour (after 15 minutes warm-up)
(after 5 minutes warm-up)
±0.1 dB over 8 hours (after 15 minutes warm-up)
Tone Output
N/A
2 kHz
270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: ALL OPM AND OLS MODELS
Available Adapters
Power
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Size (H x W x D)
Weight
OLS1-DUAL
(Single Port b)
850 ±30 nm 1300 +30/-20 nm
45 nm (typ)
120 nm (typ)
LED
>-20 dBm, 62.5 μm multimode c
±0.1 dB over 8 hours
(after 5 minutes warm-up)
N/A
SC FC, ST, LC
2 AA batteries
-10 °C to 50 °C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
-30 °C to 60 °C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
14.0 x 8.1 x 3.8 cm (5.5 x 3.2 x 1.5 in)
0.29 kg (0.65 lb)
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b. May be used to test 50 or 62.5 μm fiber with supplied mandrels.
c. Output power will be approximately 3 dB less if a 50 µm mandrel-wrapped jumper is used instead of a 62.5 µm mandrel-wrapped jumper.
d. Adjustable 2 dB.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OLTK-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-09-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
78
Optical Loss Test Kits SMLP, SLP, MLP Series
Part Number – Connector Specification
M
CC
Model Number (M)
M = Model Number (AFL NO.) above
Connector Type (CC)
CC = FC, SC, ST, LC
Examples:
SMLP5-5-SC => (SMLP5-5 Test Kit with SC adapters)
SLP4-6D-LC => (SLP4-6D Test Kit with LC adapters)
Ordering Information
Test kits include light source, power meter, protective rubber boots, AA batteries, and adapter caps in a protective carry case.
Kits with OPM5 power meter include USB cable and PC reporting tool – TRM® 2.0 Windows® compatible software.
Kits with multimode sources include 50 and 62.5 µm fiber mandrels.
AFL NO.
POWER
METER
LIGHT
SOURCE
SMLP5-5
OPM5-2D
OLS4
SMLP4-4
OPM4-2D
OLS4
SLP5-FTTx
OPM5-3D
SLP5-FTTH
OPM5-4D
SLP5-7
FIBER
TYPE
850
LOSS MEASUREMENTS (nm)
1300 1310 1490 1550
DYNAMIC RANGE (dB)
1625
OLS7-FTTx
MM
SM
MM
SM
SM
40 @ 850/1300 nm a
60 @ 1310/1550 nm b
40 @ 850/1300 nm a
60 @ 1310/1550 nm b
70 b
OLS7-FTTH
SM
45 b
OPM5-4D
OLS7-3
SM
45 b
SLP5-6D
OPM5-4D
OLS2-DUAL
SM
50 b
SLP5-6
OPM5-3D
OLS2-DUAL
SM
70 b
SLP4-FTTx
OPM4-3D
OLS7-FTTx
SM
70 b
SLP4-FTTH
OPM4-4D
OLS7-FTTH
SM
45 b
SLP4-7
OPM4-4D
OLS7-3
SM
45 b
SLP4-6D
OPM4-4D
OLS2-DUAL
SM
50 b
SLP4-6
OPM4-3D
OLS2-DUAL
SM
70 b
MLP5-2D
OPM5-2D
OLS1-DUAL
MLP4-2D
OPM4-2D
OLS1-DUAL
MM
SM
MM
SM
40 @ 850/1300 nm a
22 @ 1300 nm b
40 @ 850/1300 nm a
22 @ 1300 nm b
TRM® 2.0 PC
REPORTING TOOL
Notes:
a. On 62.5/125 µm multimode fiber.
b. On 9/125 µm single-mode fiber.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OLTK-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-09-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
79
Optical Loss Test Kits SMLP, SLP, MLP Series
Encircled Flux Compliance
For EF Compliant applications, use AFL Mode Controller Jumpers (MCJ) on multimode ports. Plug MCJ input into an LED test source for EF
Compliant output meeting TIA-568-14-B and IEC 621180-4-1.
Note: MCJs are one directional (input to output). Order output connector styles matching networks to test. Select from the Accessories
table below.
Accessories
DESCRIPTION
AFL NO.
DESCRIPTION
LIGHT SOURCE CONNECTOR ADAPTERS
FC connector adapter
SC connector adapter
ST connector adapter
LC connector adapter
2900-50-0002MR
2900-50-0003MR
2900-50-0004MR
2900-50-0006MR
FC/FC
FC/ST
ST/ST
SC/SC
FC/SC
SC/ST
SC/LC
FC/LC
LC/LC
POWER METER CONNECTOR ADAPTERS
FC connector adapter
SC connector adapter
ST connector adapter
LC connector adapter
8800-00-0200
8800-00-0209
8800-00-0202
8800-00-0225
FC/FC
SC/SC
ST/ST
LC/LC
8700-06-0001MR
8700-06-0002MR
8700-06-0003MR
8700-06-0004MR
8700-06-0005MR
8700-06-0006MR
8400-00-0004MR
8400-00-0045MR
8400-00-0020
8400-00-0075
CLEANING SUPPLIES
One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC
One-Click Cleaner LC
Cletop –SB Cassette Cleaner
Cletop –SB Refill Cartridge
MULTIMODE TEST CORDS (50/125 µm – 2 meters)
FC/FC
SC/ST
SC/SC
LC/LC
8700-00-0005
8700-00-0016
8700-00-0017
8700-00-0018
8700-00-0021
8700-00-0022
8700-00-0046
8700-00-0071
8700-00-0097
MATING ADAPTERS (Bulkheads)
ENCIRCLED FLUX (EF) MODE CONTROLLER
FC to FC, 50/125 µm
FC to FC, 2.5/125 µm
SC to SC, 50/125 µm
SC to SC, 62.5/125 µm
SC to LC, 50/125 µm
SC to LC, 62.5/125 µm
AFL NO.
SINGLE-MODE TEST CORDS (9/125 µm – 2 meters)
8700-00-0093
8700-00-0064
8700-00-0065
8700-00-0082
8500-05-0001MZ
8500-05-0002MZ
8500-10-0016MZ
8500-10-00017MZ
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OLTK-00-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-09-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
80
Encircled Flux (EF) Compliant
Light Sources and Test Kits
Features
•• EF Complaint light sources and test kits per TIA 526-14-B and
IEC 61280-4-1 Ed. 2.0
•• EF Compliant by design – no additional equipment required
•• Full 5-year warranty
•• Wave ID for error free testing of multiple wavelengths
simultaneously
•• Test cords included
Designed for outside plant environments
•• Splash resistant controls
•• Withstands one-meter drop test
•• Controls designed for easy operation with gloves
•• Field swappable connector adapters provide flexibility and
access for cleaning optical ports at time of test
Wave ID - Increase test speed with less errors
•• Simultaneous multi-wavelength testing cuts loss measurement
time in half or more
•• Automatic wavelength identification eliminates setup errors and
simplifies coordination between users at opposite ends of fiber
Applications
•• Multimode testing requiring EF Compliant equipment
•• Passive Optical Network (PON) testing
•• Certify multimode and single-mode links to TIA/EIA standards
•• Certification report generation with TRM® 2.0 software
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. EFMC-KT-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
81
Encircled Flux (EF) Compliant Light Sources and Test Kits
Specifications
a
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS - POWER METERS
MODEL
OPM5-2D AND OPM4-2D MODELS
Calibrated Wavelengths
850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550 nm
Detector Type
Measurement Range
Tone Detect Range
Wavelength ID Range
Accuracy
Resolution
Measurement Units
Germanium (Ge)
+6 to -60 dBm
+6 to -50 dBm
+6 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
+6 to -50 dBm
+6 to -45 dBm for 850 nm
±0.25 dB
0.01 dB
dB, dBm, μW
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS: OLS4 AND OLS1-DUAL MODELS
MODEL
OLS4
OLS4
OLS1-DUAL
(MM Optical Port)
(SM Optical Port)
(MM Optical Port)
Wavelength
850 ±30 nm 1300 +30/-20 nm 1310 ±20 nm
1550 ±20 nm
850 ±30 nm 1300 +30/-20 nm
Spectral Width
45 nm (typ)
120 nm (typ)
5 nm (max)
5 nm (max)
45 nm (typ)
120 nm (typ)
Emitter Type
LED
Laser
LED
Safety Class
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
Output Power
≥ -21 dBm, 50 μm multimode
0 dBm, 9 μm single-mode
≥ -21 dBm, 50 μm multimode
Output Stability
±0.1 dB over 8 hours
±0.05 dB over 1 hour (after 15
±0.1 dB over 8 hours
(after 5 minutes warm-up)
minutes warm-up)
(after 5 minutes warm-up)
±0.1 dB over 8 hours (after 15
minutes warm-up)
Tone Output
N/A
2 kHz
N/A
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: ALL OPM AND OLS MODELS
Available Adapters
SC FC, ST, LC
Power
2 AA batteries
Operating Temperature
-10 °C to 50 °C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
Storage Temperature
-30 °C to 60 °C, 90 % RH (non-condensing)
Size (H x W x D)
14.0 x 8.1 x 3.8 cm (5.5 x 3.2 x 1.5 in)
Weight
0.29 kg (0.65 lb)
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. EFMC-KT-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
82
Encircled Flux (EF) Compliant Light Sources and Test Kits
Ordering Information
Encircled Flux (EF) Compliant Light Sources
Since adoption by the IEC, Encircled Flux (EF) multimode launch requirements are increasingly specified into fiber loss testing job
requirements. Meeting EF specification requires technicians use EF qualified test sets. It is important to note IEC 61280-1-4 and TIA-56814-B, specify EF multimode launch conditions at the end of an EF qualified Reference Grade Test Cord (RGTC) – not directly out source test
port. Thus, EF compliance requires an EF Light Source and RGTC used together.
AFL offers multimode light sources with designed in Encircled Flux (EF) optics supplied with EF qualified RGTC.
•• OLS1-DUAL EF is supplied with one multimode RGTC
•• OLS4 EF is supplied with one multimode RGTC and one standard 9/125 single-mode test cord.
WAVELENGTHS
MM 850/1300 nm
MM 850/1300 nm
SM 1310/1550 nm
TEST CORDS INCLUDED
(1) RGTC, 50 µm, MM, 2-meter
(1) RGTC, 50 µm, MM, 2-meter
(1) 9/125 µm, SM, 2-meter
AFL NO.
OLS1-DUAL-EF
OLS4-EF
Encircled Flux (EF) Compliant Test Kits
AFL EF compliant loss test kits include:
Multimode Test Ports: (SMLP and MLP kits)
•• Light Source with designed in Encircled Flux (EF) optics paired with one EF qualified RGTC.
•• 50/125 µm receive test cord
Single-mode Test Ports (SMLP kits)
•• Light Source with two 9/125 µm test cords (launch / receive)
POWER
METER
LIGHT
SOURCE
OPM5-2D OLS4-EF
FIBER
TYPE
MM
SM
OPM4-2D OLS4-EF
MM
SM
OPM5-2D OLS1-DL-EF MM
OPM4-2D OLS1-DL-EF MM
WAVELENGTH
(nm)
850, 1300
1310, 1550
850, 1300
1310, 1550
850, 1300
850, 1300
DYNAMIC RANGE
(dB)
AVAILABLE
CONNECTORS
SOURCE TEST CORD
PORT
FC, SC
FC, SC, ST, LC
39 @ 850/1300 nm
60 @ 1310/1550 nm
39 @ 850/1300 nm FC, SC
60 @ 1310/1550 nm
39 @ 850/1300 nm FC, SC
39 @ 850/1300 nm FC, SC
FC, SC, ST, LC
FC, SC, ST, LC
FC, SC, ST, LC
INCLUDED 2-METER TEST CORDS
LAUNCH
(µm)
MM: RGTC, 50/125
SM: 9/125
MM: RGTC, 50/125
SM: 9/125
MM: RGTC, 50/125
MM: RGTC, 50/125
RECEIVE
(µm)
MM: 50/125
SM: 9/125
MM: 50/125
SM: 9/125
MM 50/125
MM 50/125
AFL NO.
SMLP5-5-EF
SMLP4-4-EF
MLP5-2-EF
MLP4-2-EF
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. EFMC-KT-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
83
Encircled Flux (EF) Compliant Light Sources and Test Kits
Accessories
DESCRIPTION
AFL NO.
DESCRIPTION
LIGHT SOURCE CONNECTOR ADAPTERS
FC connector adapter
SC connector adapter
ST connector adapter
LC connector adapter
2900-50-0002MR
2900-50-0003MR
2900-50-0004MR
2900-50-0006MR
FC/FC
FC/ST
ST/ST
SC/SC
FC/SC
SC/ST
SC/LC
FC/LC
LC/LC
POWER METER CONNECTOR ADAPTERS
FC connector adapter
SC connector adapter
ST connector adapter
LC connector adapter
AFL NO.
SINGLE-MODE TEST CORDS (9/125 µm – 2 meters)
8800-00-0200
8800-00-0209
8800-00-0202
8800-00-0225
8700-00-0005
8700-00-0016
8700-00-0017
8700-00-0018
8700-00-0021
8700-00-0022
8700-00-0046
8700-00-0071
8700-00-0097
REFERENCE GRADE LAUNCH CORDS (RGLC) (50/125 µm – 2 meters)
MATING ADAPTERS (Bulkheads)
FC to FC
FC to SC
FC to LC
FC to ST
SC to FC
SC to SC
SC to LC
SC to ST
FC/FC
SC/SC
ST/ST
LC/LC
8700-04-0001MR
8700-04-0002MR
8700-04-0003MR
8700-04-0004MR
8700-04-0005MR
8700-04-0006MR
8700-04-0007MR
8700-04-0008MR
CLEANING SUPPLIES
One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC
One-Click Cleaner LC
Cletop –SB Cassette Cleaner
Cletop –SB Refill Cartridge
MULTIMODE TEST CORDS (50/125 µm – 2 meters)
FC/FC
SC/ST
SC/SC
LC/LC
8400-00-0004MR
8400-00-0045MR
8400-00-0020
8400-00-0075
8500-05-0001MZ
8500-05-0002MZ
8500-10-0016MZ
8500-10-00017MZ
8700-00-0093
8700-00-0064
8700-00-0065
8700-00-0082
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. EFMC-KT-2000 Revision 1B, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
84
TRM® 2.0 Test Results Manager
All-In-One Comprehensive Analysis and Reporting Software
TRM 2.0 Basic Software Features
•• Generate professional acceptance reports including:
–– OTDR traces
–– Certification loss results/OPM loss results
–– Connector end-face images from FOCIS and DFS1
•• Create certification results and apply Pass/Fail
•• Document networks to reduce maintenance cost
•• Increase productivity with powerful OTDR Batch editing
•• Telcordia (GR-196 v1.1, SR-4731 issue 1 & 2) .SOR file formats
TRM 2.0 Advanced Software Features
•• Macro/Microbend detection capabilities
–– Identify excess insertion loss due to poor installation and
fiber handling
–– Detect insertion loss difference between
wavelengths (≥0.2 dB)
•• Automatic Bi-directional trace analysis including
–– Bi-directional trace information in the Event table
–– Reverse direction test data for each event
•• Reports with Macrobend and Bi-directional trace averaging
•• Export .SOR file contents to .CSV format
Software Licensing
Languages supported
•• TRM 2.0 Basic software
•• TRM 2.0 Advanced software
•• TRM 2.0 Upgrade from Basic to Advanced software
•• English
•• French
•• German
•• Italian
•• Polish
•• Portuguese
•• Russian
•• Spanish
•• Turkish
•• Chinese
•• Japanese
TRM 2.0 Test Results Manager is Windows®-compatible, all-in-one analysis and comprehensive reporting software designed for use
with AFL test and inspection products. Three software packages are available, TRM Basic software, TRM Advanced software and
upgrade from TRM Basic to TRM Advanced software.
TRM 2.0 Basic permits technicians to quickly view results, generate acceptance reports, analyze OTDR traces, loss or certification results
or batch edit OTDR traces uploaded from AFL OTDRs and OPM5 optical power meters.
TRM 2.0 Advanced adds Macro/Microbend detection, automatic Bi-directional trace averaging, and .SOR file export to .CSV file format.
TRM 2.0 Basic and TRM 2.0 Advanced software allow integration of fiber inspection images from the AFL FOCIS inspection system and
DFS1 FiberScope to be included in customized test reports. Both versions support Bellcore/Telcordia .SOR file formats.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. TRM-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
85
TRM® 2.0 Test Results Manager
All-In-One Comprehensive Analysis and Reporting Software
Test Results Manager 2.0 Basic Software
TRM 2.0 Basic software is included with all AFL OTDRs and OPM5 optical power meters and additional copies are available for
purchase. TRM 2.0 Basic permits technicians to quickly view results, analyze OTDR traces, loss or certification results, batch edit OTDR
traces and create acceptance reports conforming to industry guidelines. TRM 2.0 allows users to generate reports showing dual
wavelength traces and event tables, end-face image, event map and loss data for each fiber. Users can apply Pass/Fail thresholds to
OTDR events and OLTS measurement; create and apply application rules per industry standards. The OTDR Batch editor allows user to
edit and analyze multiple trace files simultaneously.
Test Results Manager 2.0 Advanced Software
TRM 2.x Advanced software includes all Basic software features and adds Bi-directional OTDR trace averaging, Macrobend detection,
and export of .SOR files to .CSV file format.
Basic and Advanced Software Comparison
FEATURES
OTDR Trace Results
OLTS Viewer/Editor
OTDR Trace Batch Editor
Pre-defined Template for Reports
TRM Trace Comparison
OTDR/DFS1 Inspection
OTDR/FOCIS Inspection
Telcordia (GR-196 v1.1, SR-4731 issue 1 & 2) .SOR file formats
Macrobend/Microbend
Automatic Bi-directional OTDR Event Table
Report with Bi-directional OTDR Trace/Event information
Report with Macrobend/Microbend Events
Export .SOR File Contents to .CSV File
License Key
BASIC SOFTWARE
ADVANCED SOFTWARE
Required (Seat License)
Ordering Information
TRM 2.0 Basic software is included with M-Series, C-Series, OFL-Series, FLX-Series, CS-Series OTDRs and OPM5 (may be installed in
up to 5 PCs). Users may download a full working version of TRM 2.0 (Basic plus Advanced features) and try it for 30 days. Once the
evaluation period ends, users must purchase and install a TRM 2.0 Basic or Advanced software license to continue to use TRM. To order
the TRM 2.0 software, contact your AFL Sales representative or AFL Customer Support. The TRM 2.0 Basic and Advanced software part
numbers are listed below.
DESCRIPTION
TRM 2.0 Basic Software (OTDR Trace/OLTS Viewer, Batch Editor and Reports)
TRM 2.0 Advanced Software (Basic TRM plus Advanced Features and Reports)
TRM 2.0 Upgrade from Basic to Advanced Software
AFL NO.
TRM-00-0900PR
TRM-00-0910PR
TRM-00-0920PR
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. TRM-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
86
TRM® 2.0 Test Results Manager
All-In-One Comprehensive Analysis and Reporting Software
Quickly and easily review test results
TRM’s user friendly interface makes reviewing results easy.
OTDR, Certification, Inspection, and OPM test results are indicated
by specific icons to simplify selection of test results to review.
View Results
Easily Analyze OTDR, OLTS, and OPM results
OTDR Trace Viewer
OLTS Viewer/Editor
Analyze OTDR traces by selecting the Trace Viewer icon. The
automatic Bi-directional and Macrobend/Microbend features
enhance OTDR analysis to eliminate splice loss measurement
errors related to fiber mismatch and detect excessive bends or
stress in the fiber.
Select the OLTS Viewer icon to analyze Auto Test and OPM
results. Apply Pass/Fail Rules to Auto Test, OPM and OTDR
test results.
Verify Fibers Meet Customer Requirements
Test to Industry Standards (ISO/TIA/EN), Application Rules (IEEE/
ANSI), or create User Rules and User Application Rules. As new
rules and applications develop, compare existing test results to
the new rules, such as emerging Ethernet standards.
10GbE Fiber Certification
Supports industry-standard 10GbE IEEE 802.3ae specification
using pre-configured 10GbE application rules. Produces detailed
10GbE test report.
Apply rules to Auto Test and OPM data to ensure fibers meet
required specifications. Pass/Fail indication for each test
simplifies the review of test results.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. TRM-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
87
TRM® 2.0 Test Results Manager
All-In-One Comprehensive Analysis and Reporting Software
Optimize Productivity with Powerful Batch Processing
Analysis
•• Edit cables or groups of fibers in one batch session
•• Modify event pass/fail thresholds:
Loss, ORL, Link Loss, Link ORL
•• Add or remove Launch and Receive cables
•• Adjust Launch and Receive cable length
•• Adjust the location of the cursors
Documentation
Add and edit
•• Trace File Names (Fiber Number, Cable ID, End 1, End 2, and
Direction of test),
•• Cable Information (Cable Type and GIR)
•• Job Information (Company name, Main Operator, Second
Operator, and Comment)
Reporting
•• Generate professional reports by applying edits to a group of
fibers for consistency of information and uniformity of results
Create Professional Personalized Reports
Featuring the Report Wizard - a powerful tool for creating test
reports, TRM allows users to generate personalized professional
reports for customer’s job acceptance.
Generated reports meet accepted industry documentation and
can be personalized by customizing cover pages to include
customer’s logos.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. TRM-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
88
TRM® 2.0 Test Results Manager
All-In-One Comprehensive Analysis and Reporting Software
Reporting Flexibility
•• Create custom cover pages with logos for end-users, installers or consultants
•• Generate OTDR summary table with thumbnail OTDR traces
•• Combine OTDR trace(s), event table, loss measurements, connector end-face image, and event map in a single report
•• Export jobs to Zip files or save reports as PDF files
OTDR Cable Summary Page
Fiber Detail Results Page
OTDR cable summary page shows job information and test setup,
Loss and ORL test results with or without thumbnails of OTDR
traces (shown with Loss/ORL table and OTDR thumbnails).
Fiber Detail Results page documents equipment used for testing,
job information, test setup, cursor info and OTDR trace with
Event map. OPM or Certification results and end-face image may
be included if available (as shown) with an overall Pass or Fail.
Certification Report Page
Certification report page shows overall Pass/Fail report 1 to
standards (ISO shown) - with Pass/Fail 2 indicated for each
fiber as well as User Rule 3 and Applications for which the
fibers have passed.
1
2
–– Combine OTDR trace(s), event table, loss measurements, connector end-face image, and event map in a single report.
–– Export jobs to Zip files or save reports as PDF files
3
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. TRM-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
89
VFI2 and HiLite Visual Fault Identifiers
The NOYES VFI2 and HiLite visible red laser sources from AFL are designed to
troubleshoot faults on fiber optic cables. Light generated by these units will escape from
sharp bends and breaks in jacketed or bare fibers, as well as poorly-mated connectors.
They can quickly identify faults in fiber optic jumper cables, distribution frames, patch
panels, and splice trays.
The HiLite and VFI2 are an excellent complement to an OTDR because they can locate
faults inside the OTDR’s dead-zone. Other applications include end-to-end continuity
checks, identifying connectors in patch panels and fibers during splicing operations.
Trace cables in messy or undocumented setups. A VFI unit provides a quick means
of finding the “other end” from amongst cluttered cables. Simply connect the VFI
to one end and look for the visual red light transmitted out the opposite connector.
•HiLite
is a miniature key-chain mountable (key chain included)
fault locating tool.
•VFI2
VFI2 Visual Fault Identifier
is a larger hand-sized package offering longer battery runtime.
Fiber Coupled Lasers for Best Test Results: NOYES VFI2 units deliver 1 mW of output
power into 9/125 single-mode fiber to ensure long range and exceptional brightness
for locating defects in single-mode and multimode fibers.
The VFI2 and HiLite units use a threaded connector adapter interface to support adapter
removal for connector cleaning and field changing of adapter styles.
•2.5
mm adapter accepts PC and angled connectors FC, SC, ST, etc.
•1.25
mm adapter accepts LC and MU connectors.
A Visible Fault Indicator (VFI) is an essential tool for fiber technicians.
Features
VFI2 Visual Fault Identifier
•• Visible red laser source, 650 nm
•• High power, 1 mW into 9/125 single-mode fiber
•• Compact size
•• Universal connector interface for quick connection
•• 2.5 mm Universal adapter included
•• 1.25 mm Universal adapter available
Applications
•• Identify fiber faults inside OTDR deadzone
•• Identify sharp bends or breaks in fibers
•• Identify poorly mated connectors
•• Verify AFL FAST™ Connector Installation
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. VFI3-00-2000 Revision N, 2012-01-27
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
90
VFI2 and HiLite Visual Fault Identifiers
Specificationsa
OPTICAL
Emitter Type
VFI2
HILITE
Laser, Class II FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1:2007-03
Wavelength
650 nm ±20 nm
Output Power
1 mW (into single-mode fiber)
Modulation
GENERAL
2 Hz or CW selected
Adapter
2.5 mm Universal, 1.25 mm Universal
Power
2 AA alkaline batteries (60 hours typical)
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Size (H x W x D)
Weight
-10°C to 50°C, 85 % humidity non condensing
-30°C to 60°C, 95 % humidity non condensing
14.0 x 6.2 x 3.2 cm (5.5 x 2.4 x 1.3 in)
7.0 x 3.6 x 1.5 cm (2.8 x 1.4 x 0.6 in)
<200 g (7.06 oz)
50 g (1.75 oz)
2 Hz
1 AAA alkaline battery (16 hours typical)
Ordering Information
VFI2 Models
DESCRIPTION
VFI2 visual fault identifier with 2.5 mm adapter
AFL NO.
VFI2-00-0900PR
VFI2 visual fault identifier with 2.5 mm and 1.25 mm adapters
VFI2-01-0900PR
HiLite Models
DESCRIPTION
AFL NO.
HiLite visual fault identifier with 2.5 mm adapter
VFI3-00-0900PR
HiLite visual fault identifier with 2.5 mm and 1.25 mm adapters
VFI3-01-0900PR
Adapters
DESCRIPTION
2.5 mm Universal adapterb with captivated sleeve
AFL NO.
2900-50-0007MR
1.25 mm Universal adapterc with captivated sleeve
2900-50-0010MR
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b. 2.5 mm Universal adapter accepts SC, FC, ST, E2000 ferrules.
c. 1.25 mm Universal adapter accepts LC, MU ferrules.
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. VFI3-00-2000 Revision N, 2012-01-27
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
91
MT Tracer
12-Fiber Visible Laser Source and Display
The MT Tracer is a compact multi-fiber visual fault identifier (red laser source) supporting
8 or 12 fiber MTP® connections. The user simply connects the 12-fiber cable directly
to the unit. Fibers can be tested individually or all at once. By progressing sequentially
through the fibers, cables can be quickly checked for polarity by verifying the proper
order at the output.
Features
•• Eye-safe viewing
•• CW or 2 Hz output
•• Direct connect – No fan-outs necessary
•• Test 8 and 12 fiber MTP assemblies
•• Test polarity, continuity and
fiber mismatch
The MT Tracer Display is a passive optical device designed to receive the light from
the MT Tracer Source and provide an eye-safe method of viewing the red light.
Identification is accomplished by expanding the output of the MT ferrule to a large,
easy to read panel–large enough to be read from several feet away.
Specifications
MT TRACER SOURCE SPECIFICATIONS
Optical Wavelength
650 ±10 nm
Output Power Level
Optical Connector
Minimum 0.5 mW, typical 1.0 mW
(at each SM 9/125 fiber at the end of MTP patchcord)
MTP male SM, angled
Number of Output Fibers
12
Power
2 AA alkaline batteries, optional AC adapter
Battery Life (alkaline)
40 hours
Low Battery
Indicated by 2 Hz LED blinking
Operation Temperature
0°C to 40°C, RH 85 % non-condensing
Storage Temperature
-30°C to 50°C, RH 95 % non-condensing
Dimensions
9.9 x 3.8 x 14.3 cm (3.9 x 1.5 x 5.6 in)
Weight
0.29 kg (0.63 lb)
MT TRACER DISPLAY SPECIFICATIONS
Input Connector
MTP angled male 62.5 µm fiber
No. of input Connectors
1 (12-fiber MTP)
Power Consumption
N/A
Operation Temperature
0°C to 40°C. RH 85 % non-condensing
Storage Temperature
-30°C to 50°C, RH 95 % non-condensing
Dimensions
9.9 x 3.8 x 14.3 cm (3.9 x 1.5 x 5.6 in)
Weight
0.18 kg (0.4 lb)
Ordering Information
INCLUDES
MT Tracer Source, MT Tracer Display, batteries, instruction card, and carry case.
AFL NO.
MT Tracer Kit
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. TRCR-00-2000 Revision D, 2011-08-11
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
92
OFI-FTTx Active ONT Detector
The OFI-FTTx is a rugged, hand-held optical fiber identifier designed to identify the
presence or absence of an active Optical Network Terminal (ONT) on FTTx F2 fibers
at the Fiber Distribution Hub (FDH). During a test the F2 fiber does not have to be
removed from service. Thus the OFI-FTTx can verify whether a splitter pigtail at the
FDH is connected to an active circuit before it is disconnected for fault location or re-use.
The OFI-FTTx can help verify FTTx network records and recover splitter pigtails and F2
fibers that are connected at the FDH but, in fact, are available for new customers.
When applied to a splitter pigtail at the FDH, the OFI-FTTx will report either that the
ONT is ‘Active’ or ‘Not Detected’. Time to complete each test is typically one second.
The OFI-FTTx is compatible with 2 mm jumper cable containing standard single-mode
fiber, such as SMF-28e®, or bend insensitive fiber (BIF) with a 15 mm bend radius
specification, such as AFL Bend Insensitive.
The OFI-FTTx is powered by two standard AA alkaline batteries, provides a low battery
indication and can typically be operated 800 times before battery replacement is necessary.
OFI-FTTx Active ONT Detector
U.S. Patent 7916983
Features
•• Rugged, hand-held, lightweight
•• Identifies 1310 nm ONT-OLT upstream signals
•• Determines which unparked splitter pigtails are connected to ONTs
•• Does not require travel to customer (ONT) site
•• Does not require disconnect of splitter pigtails
•• Visual and audible indicators
•• Battery operated
•• Low battery indication
•• US Patent 7916983
•• Operates with 2 x 1.5V AA batteries
•• Automatic power down and Low Battery indicator
•• One hand operation
Applications
•• FACILITY RECOVERY:
Harvest unparked splitter legs and F2 fibers not connected to subscribers
•• TROUBLE-SHOOTING:
Real-time confirmation of OLT to ONT connectivity at the FDH
•• Rapid resolution of PON subscriber complaints
•• Confimation of OLT-to-ONT connectivity
•• Identification of unused F2 fibers
•• For use with standard SMF-28 and 15mm bend-insensitive fiber
•• Operates anywhere between the Splitter and Customer Premise
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OFI5-10-2000 Revision G, 2012-08-03
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
93
OFI-FTTx Active ONT Detector
Specificationsa
MODEL
Network Types
OFI-FTTX
FTTx BPON, GPON, EPON, ≥1:4 splitter ratio
Network Locations
Fiber Type
Induced Loss (typ.)
Test Time (typ.)
Operating Rangeb
Between splitter and customer ONT
2 mm jacketed SMF-28e®, 15 mm bend radius AFL Bend Insensitive, and equivalents
<1 dB @ 1550 nm
1 sec
Loss from ONT to FDH: 0 to 7 dB (BPON), 0 to 9 dB (GPON, EPON)
User-interface
Audio indicator and four red LEDs
Power
2 AA batteries
Battery Life
800 tests typical
Operating Temperature
-10°C to 40°C
Storage Temperature
-20°C to 50°C
Dimensions (H x W x D) 22 x 3.8 x 3.2 cm (8.5 x 1.5 x 1.25 in)
Weight
0.23 kg (0.5 lbs)
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b. Maximum values are typical and depend on fiber type and jacket material.
Ordering Information
INCLUDES
OFI-FTTx, users guide and carry case
AFL NO.
OFI-FTTx
Calibration Plans
AFL recommends annual calibrations on NOYES Test and Inspection products. Prepaid
Cal plans offer two annual calibrations at a discounted price, a convenient calibration
expiration email service, express calibration services and access to the NOYES product
knowledge base. Cal Plus plans offer the same services as the Cal plans with the
addition of a two year extended warranty (three years total coverage).
MODEL
OFI-FTTx
2 YR CAL PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-00-OFI-FTTx
2 YR CAL PLUS PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-01-OFI-FTTx
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OFI5-10-2000 Revision G, 2012-08-03
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
94
OFI-400 Series
Optical Fiber Identifiers
NOYES OFI-400 Optical Fiber Identifiers are designed to detect
and measure 1 the core power levels of optical signals on singlemode optical fiber without disconnecting or cutting the fiber.
These instruments are simply clamped onto a fiber and indicate
the presence and direction of traffic, continuous test signals
and modulated test tones. This permits network personnel to
easily and quickly identify a specific fiber without risk of revenue
service disruption. The OLS7, OLS2, CSS1-SM and CSS1-MM
series of optical light sources are ideal companions
for the OFI-400 optical fiber identifiers.
No Adapters to Purchase, Store, Swap, or Misplace
OFI-400
OFI-400C
The OFI-400 uses a unique optical head design featuring a
two-position plunger that enables it to be used with 250 µm,
900 µm and ribbon fiber or 2 mm and 3 mm jacketed fiber. Other
brands of optical fiber identifiers require users to purchase, store
and swap out optical plungers each time a different type of fiber
is tested. The OFI-400 optical head induces a safe, repeatable
macro-bend to the fiber that allows a small amount of light to
escape for analysis. The insertion loss induced by the macro-bend
is too small to affect the signal on the fiber and the integrity of
the fiber is unaffected by the measurement process.
OFI-400HP
Features
•• Unique optical head with two-position plunger
for use with all fiber types
•• Built-in power meter with Set Reference feature
•• Low insertion loss for in-service ID tasks
•• Indicates direction of traffic
•• Detects 270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz test tones 2
•• High Power detection (OFI-400HP model)
•• Powered by AAA batteries
•• Automatic power down feature and battery gauge
•• Built-in self-test
•• One-hand operation
•• Hand-held and lightweight
•• Rugged, drop-proof construction
•• Three-year calibration interval
OFI-400 instruments are designed to be simple, easy- to-use and
reliable. Each features an ergonomically designed macro-bend
trigger that is comfortable to use. An integrated, backlit LCD
display allows OFI-400s to be used in dimly lit spaces. Powered
by 1.5 V AAA batteries, the OFI-400 can make thousands of fiber
tests before repalcing batteries.
Applications
•• Live fiber detection to avoid technician-induced outages
•• Fiber identification with CW or tone
•• Core power measurements
•• Optimized for use on 250 µm, 900 µm and ribbon fiber
or 2 mm and 3 mm jacketed fiber
Notes:
1. Core power measurement accuracy is influenced by fiber type, coating
material, jacket composition/hardness/color, temperature and other factors.
2. Requires compatible light source.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OFI4-00-2000, Revision 1C, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
95
OFI-400 Series
Optical Fiber Identifiers
OFI-400
The OFI-400 is designed for use with a wide range of single-mode fibers including 250 μm (bare) coated, 900 µm buffered and
ribbon fibers or 2 mm and 3 mm jacketed fibers. The OFI-400 is ideal for network personnel involved in installation, reconfiguration,
restoration and maintenance tasks that involve bare, buffered, jacketed or ribbon fibers in outside plant pedestals, fiber cabinets, aerial
enclosures and inside plant premises demarcation cabinets. The slim design of the OFI-400 head facilitates access in crowded splice trays.
OFI-400C
Designed specifically for use with 2 mm or 3 mm jacketed single-mode fibers,
the OFI-400C is ideal for general purpose maintenance, configuration and installation tasks. The OFI-400C is functionally equivalent to
the OFI-400 but includes an optical head design and a calibration scheme optimized for use with jacketed fiber.
OFI-400HP
The OFI-400HP is designed for use where high levels of optical power are present. This includes fibers carrying a single high-power
signal, CWDM or DWDM signals with high total power levels, amplified optical signals, or pump lasers associated with EDFA or
Raman amplifiers.
When display reaches +23 dBm (200 mW) or greater, the OFI-400HP will display “High” warning indication.
Ordering Information
All OFI-400 products include a user’s guide, 2 AAA batteries and a soft carry case. Each carries a 1-year warranty and a 3-year
recommended calibration interval.
INCLUDES
Users guide, 2 AAA batteries, soft carry case
Users guide, 2 AAA batteries, soft carry case
Users guide, 2 AAA batteries, soft carry case
AFL NO.
OFI-400
OFI-400C
OFI-400HP
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OFI4-00-2000, Revision 1C, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
96
OFI-400 Series Optical Fiber Identifiers
Specifications
DETECTABLE SIGNAL RANGE
PARAMETER
FIBER TYPE a
250 μm coated fiber
Minimum level detected, average power
(SMF-28 with 250 μm CPC6 coating)
Insertion loss (typical/max)
3 mm jacketed fiber
(SMF-28/28E with 250 μm CPC6
coating and 3 mm, yellow jacket)
Minimum level detected, average power
Insertion loss (typical)
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS c
Detector Type
Wavelength Range
Calibrated Fiber and Wavelength
Fiber Stress
Working Fiber Size
Tone Detection
Core Power Measurement Range
Measurement Units
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
User Interface
Power
Battery Life
Operation Temperature
Storage Temperature
TEST CONDITIONS b
1310 nm, CW, Tone, Traffic
1550 nm, CW, Tone, Traffic
@ 1310 nm
@ 1550 nm
OFI-400
-45 dBm
-50 dBm
0.6 dB/0.8 dB
2.5 dB/2.6 dB
OFI-400C
N/A
OFI-400HP
N/A
N/A
N/A
1310 nm, CW, Tone, Traffic
1550 nm, CW, Traffic
1550 nm, Tone
@ 1310 nm
@ 1550 nm
-30 dBm
-33 dBm
-33 dBm
1.0 dB
2.8 dB
-35 dBm
-40 dBm
-40 dBm
1.0 dB
2.8 dB
-30 dBm
-40 dBm
-35 dBm
0.2 to 0.5 dB
0.8 to 1.3 dB
OFI-400
InGaAs
OFI-400C
InGaAs
OFI-400HP
InGaAs
800 - 1700 nm
800 - 1700 nm
800 - 1700 nm
250 µm @ 1550 nm (SMF-28/28E)
3 mm @ 1550 nm (SMF-28/28E)
3 mm @ 1550 nm (SMF-28/28E)
<100 kPSI max
<100 kPSI max
<100 kPSI max
250 µm, 900 µm, ribbon,
2 mm and 3 mm jacketed
270, 330, 1000, 2000 Hz (±5 %)
+13 to -50 dBm @ 1550 nm, 250 µm
(SMF-28/28E)
dBm, dB
2 mm and 3 mm jacketed
2 mm and 3 mm jacketed
270, 330, 1000, 2000 Hz (±5 %)
+13 to -40 dBm @ 1550 nm, 3 mm
(SMF-28/28E)
dBm, dB
270, 330, 1000, 2000 Hz (±5 %)
+33 to -40 dBm @ 1550 nm, 3 mm
(SMF-28/28E)
dBm, dB
ALL OFI-400 MODELS
Multi 7 segment LCD; 3 LEDs; 1 piezo buzzer
2 x 1.5 V AAA alkaline
>10,000 operations typical
0°C to 50°C 90 % RH (Non-condensing)
-30°C to +60°C 90 % RH (Non-condensing)
Dimensions (H x W x D)
22 x 3.8 x 2.8 cm (8.5 x 1.5 x 1.1 in)
Weight
168 g (6 oz)
Notes:
a. 250 µm coated fiber parameters are specified with OFI plunger in the “250 / 900 / RIB” position.
2 mm / 3 mm jacketed fiber parameters are specified with OFI plunger in the “2 mm / 3 mm” position.
b. CW is a light signal that is not modulated.
Traffic is a light signal modulated by high speed user data.
Tone is a light signal modulated into a nominal 50 % duty cycle square wave.
c. Unless noted otherwise, all specifications are typical.
Actual results can vary by several dB depending on fiber type, coating material, jacket color, jacket hardness, and other factors.
All specifications stated above are as measured at 25°C.
FIBER SYSTEM
YES
S
NO
International Sales and Service Contact Information
9001
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
ISO
CERTIFIED
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. OFI4-00-2000, Revision 1C, 2014-10-08
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
97
OFI-200 Optical Fiber Identifier
NOYES Optical Fiber Identifiers are rugged, hand-held, and easy-to-use fiber optic test
instruments designed to detect optical signals transmitted through a single-mode fiber
without disrupting traffic. During installation, maintenance, rerouting or restoration, it is
often necessary to isolate a specific fiber. By simply clamping an Optical Fiber Identifier
onto a gently-bent fiber, the unit will indicate if there is [No Signal], [Tone], or [Traffic]
and identify signal direction.
The OFI-200 model is equipped with a unique two-position head design that can be
configured to work with 250 µm, 900 µm, ribbon or jacketed fiber in seconds, without
tools or adjustments. When testing coated fibers, the slim design of the OFI-200 allows
easier access on a splice tray where the amount of work space is limited. The clamping
trigger is ergonomically designed to fit the natural motion of the operator’s hand.
A high-impact molded plastic case makes the OFI-200 suitable for use outside plant
or in the central office.
OFI-200
The OFI-200 is battery operated with a battery indication feature and performs
thousands of tests before battery replacement is necessary.
Features
•• Rugged, hand-held, lightweight
•• Accepts 250 µm, 900 µm coated fiber, 3 mm jacketed fiber cable and ribbon fiber
•• No head swapping or adjustments
•• Identifies light carrying fiber and indicates direction of traffic
•• Low insertion loss, traffic remains uninterrupted
•• Indicates Tone signal visually and audibly
•• 2 kHz Tone detection
•• Low battery indication
Applications
•• Live fiber identification - used during installation, maintenance, rerouting or restoration
to positively identify fibers prior to cutting and splicing
•• Tone detection
Ordering Information
INCLUDES
Users guide and carry case
AFL NO.
OFI-200D
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OFI1-11-2000, Revision D, 2012-08-01
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
98
OFI-200 Optical Fiber Identifier
Specifications
DETECTABLE SIGNAL RANGE
FIBER TYPEa
250 μm coated fiber
(SMF-28 with 250 μm CPC6 coating)
3 mm jacketed fiber
(SMF-28 with 250 μm CPC6 coating
and 3 mm, yellow jacket)
PARAMETER
Minimum level
detected, average
power
TEST CONDITIONSb
1310 nm, CW or Traffic
1310 nm, Tone
1550 nm, CW or Traffic
1550 nm, Tone
OFI-200D
-40 dBm
-43 dBm
-45 dBm
-50 dBm
Insertion loss
(typical/max)
1310 nm
1550 nm
0.6 dB
2.5 dB
Minimum level
1310 nm, CW or Traffic
detected, average 1310 nm, Tone
power
1550 nm, CW or Traffic
1550 nm, Tone
-30 dBm
-32 dBm
-33 dBm
-37 dBm
Insertion loss
(typical)
0.8 dB
2.5 dB
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONSc
MODEL
OFI-200D
Detector Type
InGaAs
Wavelength Range
800 - 1700 nm
1310 nm
1550 nm
Notes:
a. 250 µm coated fiber parameters are specified with
OFI plunger in the “250/900/RIB” position.
2mm/ 3mm jacketed fiber parameters are specified
with OFI plunger in the “2 mm /3 mm” position.
b. CW is a light signal that is not modulated.
Traffic is a light signal modulated by a random
data sequence.
Tone is a light signal modulated into a nominal
50% duty cycle square wave.
c. Unless noted otherwise, all specifications are
typical. Actual results can vary by several dB
depending on fiber type, coating material,
jacket color, jacket hardness, and other factors.
All specifications stated above are as measured
at 25°C.
Calibrated Size of Fiber and Wavelength N/A
Fiber Stress
<100 kPSI max
Fiber Size
250 µm, 900 µm, ribbon, 2 mm or 3 mm and jacketed fiber
Tone Detection
2000 ±100 Hz
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Display Type
N/A
Power
1 9-Volt Alkaline
Battery Life
>10,000 operations typical
Operation Temperature
0°C to 50°C 90 % RH (Non-condensing)
Storage Temperature
-30°C to +60°C 90 % RH (Non-condensing)
Dimensions (H x W x D)
22 x 3.8 x 2.8 cm (8.5 x 1.5 x 1.1 in)
Weight
210 g (7.5 oz)
Calibration Plans
AFL recommends annual calibrations on NOYES Test and Inspection products. Prepaid
Cal plans offer two annual calibrations at a discounted price, a convenient calibration
expiration email service, express calibration services and access to the NOYES product
knowledge base. Cal Plus plans offer the same services as the Cal plans with the
addition of a two year extended warranty (three years total coverage).
MODEL
OFI-200D
2 YR CAL PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-00-OFI-200D
2 YR CAL PLUS PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-01-OFI-200D
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. OFI1-11-2000, Revision D, 2012-08-01
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
99
FOCIS WiFi
Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System
Features
•• Automatic analysis of fiber connector integrity a
•• IEC 61300-3-35, AT&T TP-76461 and user-defined
pass/fail criteria a
•• Full pass/fail analysis in less than 1 second
•• Comprehensive reporting, saving and sharing capabilities via
mobile device email, text and web browser
•• Free Smartphone and Tablet applications
•• Compatible with iPhone and iPad (iOS7)
•• Compatible with Android™ 2.3.3 and up
Applications
•• Enterprise and Campus Networks
•• Data Center patch panels, trunks, patch cords and
equipment terminations
•• Long-haul, Metro Core and Access Links
•• Broadband and CATV Networks
•• Access network cabinets and drops
The FOCIS WiFi system combines AFL’s powerful fiber connector inspection and analysis with the familiar ease of a smartphone or
tablet. FOCIS WiFi works the way you do – connected to your phone or tablet. FOCIS WiFi enables mobile workers to complete remote
fiber optic connector inspection tasks while remaining connected to coworkers and managers.
Three different FOCIS WiFi options are available.
•• FOCIS WiFi VIEW – enables users to view live images of a fiber end-face on a smartphone or tablet to check for cleanliness
and/or damage.
•• FOCIS WiFi PLUS – view, save, compare and share saved end-face images via email, text or mobile cloud applications.
•• FOCIS WiFi PRO – automatically analyzes connector integrity according to IEC 61300-3-35, AT&T TP-76461, or user defined standards
and save, recall and share results via email, text or mobile cloud applications.
FOCIS WiFi can easily be upgraded from VIEW to PLUS to PRO as your inspection needs change.
The FOCIS WiFi system consists of the proven DFS1 Digital FiberScope and a Portable Application Link WiFi unit. It also includes FOCIS
MOBILE, a mobile app available for iPhone and IPad as well as Android mobile devices.
FOCIS WiFi kits include a soft carry case that contains the DFS1 Digital FiberScope, the PAL, an AC adapter/charger, a user guide and a
handy holster/belt clip that keeps everything organized and available.
Notes:
a. FOCIS WiFi PRO kits only.
iPhone is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
iPad is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
Android is a trademark of Google Inc.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FCIS-WF-2000 Revision 1D 2014-11-05
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
100
FOCIS WiFi
Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System
Specifications
a
Portable Application Link
DFS1 Digital FiberScope
OPTICAL PERFORMANCE
Nominal Magnification
Field of View
Focus Range
Optical Resolution
VIDEO PERFORMANCE
Video Image Resolution
PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Dimensions
Weight
Illumination Source
Electrical Connector
WiFi CHARACTERISTICS
Protocol
Frequency/Channel
SSID
400 x
400 x 300 µm
2 mm travel
1.0 µm or better
Range
BATTERY
Type
Capacity
AC Adapter/Charger
320 x 240 pixels
35 x 175 mm (without adapter tip)
200 g
Blue LED, coaxially aligned
USB 2.0 (male)
PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Dimensions
Weight
Video Probe connector
Network Connector (OEM use only)
FOCIS Mobile Application Software
PERFORMANCE
Displayed Image Resolution
Video Update Rate
Connector Inspection Time
Automatic Detection Capability b
OS Compatibility
320 x 240 pixels
5 frames/second
500 msec typical
1.3 µm particles and scratches
Android 2.3 and newer, iOS7 and newer
IEEE 802.11 b/g/n
2.4 -2.4835 GHz
Broadcast On: AFL_XXXXXXXXX
(contains 9 digit serial number)
2.4 meters minimum
Internal Li-ion, 5200 mAH rechargable
9.5 hours of continuous operation with DFS1
+5VDC @ 1A USB output, 100 - 240VAC
50/60 Hz, 7 hours charging time maximum
93.8 x 43.1 x 26.0 mm
129 g
USB 2.0 (female)
RG-45
Environmental Performance
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
-10°C to 55°C
-20°C to 60°C
10% to 80%
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 23°C ±2°C (73.4°F ±3.6°F) unless otherwise specified.
b. FOCIS WiFi PRO only.
c. When used with Nexus 7 tablet.
Ordering Information
FOCIS WiFI Kits in Soft Case without Adapter Tips and Cleaners
MODEL AND DESCRIPTION
FOCIS WiFi VIEW kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi VIEW firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, adapter tip box, soft carry case.
FOCIS WiFi PLUS kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PLUS firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, adapter tip box, soft carry case.
AFL NO.
FMVU-00-04XN
FOCIS WiFi PRO kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PRO firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, adapter tip box, soft carry case.
FMPR-00-04XN
FOCIS WiFi VIEW Upgrade kit for DFS1 owners. Includes Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi VIEW firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, soft carry case.
FOCIS WiFi PLUS Upgrade kit for DFS1 owners. Includes Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PLUS firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, soft carry case.
FOCIS WiFi PRO Upgrade kit for DFS1 owners. Includes Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PRO firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, soft carry case.
FMVU-01-04XN
FMPL-00-04XN
FMPL-01-04XN
FMPR-01-04XN
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FCIS-WF-2000 Revision 1D 2014-11-05
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
101
FOCIS WiFi
Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System
Ordering Information
FOCIS WiFI Kits in a Hard Carry Case without Adapter Tips and Cleaners
DESCRIPTION
AFL NO.
FOCIS WiFi VIEW kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi VIEW firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case, adapter tip box.
FOCIS WiFi PLUS kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PLUS firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case, adapter tip box.
FOCIS WiFi PRO kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PRO firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case, adapter tip box.
FOCIS WiFi VIEW Upgrade kit for DFS1 owners. Includes Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi VIEW firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case.
FOCIS WiFi PLUS Upgrade kit for DFS1 owners. Includes Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PLUS firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case.
FOCIS WiFi PRO Upgrade kit for DFS1 owners. Includes Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PRO firmware, AC adapter,
FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case.
FMVU-00-04XN-HC
FMPL-00-04XN-HC
FMPR-00-04XN-HC
FMVU-01-04XN-HC
FMPL-01-04XN-HC
FMPR-01-04XN-HC
FOCIS WiFi Kits with Adapter Tips and Cleaners
MODEL AND DESCRIPTION
FOCIS WIFI VIEW KITS
FOCIS WiFi VIEW UPC kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi VIEW firmware, adapter tips (1.25
& 2.5 mm, SC/FC, LC), adapter tip box, One-Click Mini-100 SC/ST/FC, One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU, AC adapter, FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case.
AFL NO.
FOCIS WiFi VIEW APC kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi VIEW firmware,adapter tips
(2.5 mm, SC/APC, FC/APC), adapter tip box, One-Click Mini-100 SC/ST/FC, AC adapter, FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case.
FOCIS WiFi VIEW MPO kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi VIEW firmware, MTP/PC and
MTP/APC adapter tips, One-Click Cleaner MPO, AC adapter, FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case, adapter tip box.
FOCIS WIFI PLUS KITS
FMVU-00-04XA
FOCIS WiFi PLUS UPC kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PLUS firmware, adapter tips (1.25
& 2.5 mm, SC/FC, LC), adapter tip box, One-Click Mini-100 SC/ST/FC, One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU, AC adapter, FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case.
FOCIS WiFi PLUS APC kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PLUS firmware, adapter tips
(2.5 mm, SC/APC, FC/APC), adapter tip box, One-Click Mini-100 SC/ST/FC, AC adapter, FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case.
FOCIS WiFi PLUS MPO kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PLUS firmware,MTP/PC and
MTP/APC adapter tips, One-Click Cleaner MPO, AC adapter, FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case, adapter tip box.
FOCIS WIFI PRO KITS
FMPL-00-04XU
FMVU-00-04XU
FMVU-00-04XM
FMPL-00-04XA
FMPL-00-04XM
FOCIS WiFi PRO UPC kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PRO firmware, adapter tips (1.25 & FMPR-00-04XU
2.5 mm, SC/FC, LC), adapter tip box, One-Click Mini-100 SC/ST/FC, One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU, AC adapter, FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case.
FOCIS WiFi PRO APC kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PRO firmware, adapter tips (2.5 mm, FMPR-00-04XA
SC/APC, FC/APC), adapter tip box, One-Click Mini-100 SC/ST/FC, AC adapter, FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case.
FOCIS WiFi PRO MPO kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PRO firmware,MTP/PC and
FMPR-00-04XM
MTP/APC adapter tips, One-Click Cleaner MPO, AC adapter, FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case, adapter tip box.
FOCIS WiFi PRO Data Center kit. Includes DFS1 Digital FiberScope, Portable Application Link (PAL) with FOCIS WiFi PRO firmware, adapter tips FMPR-00-04XD
(MTP/PC, MTP/APC, 1.25 mm, LC/PC, One-Click MPO, One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU, AC adapter, FOCIS WiFi holster, hard carry case, adapter tip box.
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FCIS-WF-2000 Revision 1D 2014-11-05
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
102
FOCIS PRO Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System
U.S. Patents Pending
Features
•• Automatic Analysis of fiber end-face
•• Built-in IEC 61300-3-35, AT&T-TP-76461 and
user-defined limits
•• 1.3 µm/pixel analysis resolution
•• 0.5 µm visual detection capability
•• 1.0 µm optical system resolution
•• 400 µm x 350 µm field of view
•• Paired fiber images for comparing before/after, input/output, etc.
•• Integrated focus and snapshot controls
•• Capture, save, review and share images
Applications
•• Automatic Analysis of PC/UPC and APC connectors
•• Analyze-Clean-Analyze-Document workflow
•• Manual Inspection of MPO connectors
•• Document “as-built” or “as found” condition of connectors
The AFL family of FOCIS PRO automatic fiber inspection solutions provides network personnel with the capability to analyze and
document fiber connector cleanliness and integrity. FOCIS PRO combines a palm-sized DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, a DFS1 Digital
FiberScope and AFL SimpleView PRO analysis and inspection software to provide the advanced analysis capabilities of current laptop
and probe solutions and the ergonomics, ease of use, ruggedness and ownership costs of basic “live only” viewers. FOCIS PRO
solutions are future-proof because their optical resolution and detection specifications exceed current international standards and their
software-based analysis and inspection applications can be upgraded as market requirements evolve.
The DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet is a purpose-built Windows® computer equipped with AFL’s powerful SimpleView PRO analysis software.
Capable of centering a fiber image, identifying critical core, cladding, adhesive and contact zones and detecting and tallying the types
of defects found, this software analyzes a typical fiber in under 5 seconds. The bright, crisp display provides detailed images and a
Zoom/Pan feature allows the user to identify the smallest particles, scratches and imperfections. Portrait orientation makes it easy to
hold and operate with just one hand. Unique to FOCIS PRO/FOCIS products is an image pairing feature, which simplifies before/after,
jumper/bulkhead, input/output, near/far and other common fiber cleanliness comparisons. Additional features include image capture
and store/recall. Up to 1000 fiber images may be stored in on-board memory and images may be transferred via any off-the-shelf USB
memory stick or SD flash card. The DFD1 incorporates a proven shock-absorbing rubber boot that doubles as a tilt stand and hanger.
The DFS1 Digital FiberScope is a high resolution video inspection probe. It is equipped with a focusing knob and an image capture
button. An extensive assortment of DFS1 adapter tips allow it to be used with all types of fiber connector ferrules and bulkhead
connectors. Bulkhead tips are available in multiple lengths as well as straight and 60° angle. Connector adapters are available in
PC/UPC, APC polished ferrule in 1.25 mm, 2.5 mm and MPO connectors.
* User Interface is now available in English and Japanese.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FCIS-PR-2000 Revision 1E 2014-11-06
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
103
FOCIS PRO Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System
U.S. Patents Pending
Available Product Configurations
FOCIS PRO analysis and inspection systems are available in 6 different configurations to
provide fiber installers, network activation crews and maintenance personnel with the
essential tools needed to analyze, clean and document proper fiber end-face integrity.
These kits combine analysis and cleaning products and are available in a standard hard
carry case. All kits include AFL SimpleView PRO application software and FOCIS PRO
printed user’s guide.
FOCIS PRO TroubleFinder Kit
This kit includes an OPM5-5D Optical Power Meter, a HiLite Visible Fiber Identifier,
a DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, a DFS1 Digital FiberScope, APC and PC/UPC probe tip
adapters, and One-Click Mini cleaners for SC/FC/ST and LC/MU connectors packed in a
hard carry case.
FOCIS PRO PC/UPC Analysis and Cleaning Kit
This kit includes a DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, a DFS1 Digital FiberScope, PC/UPC probe
tip adapters, and One-Click Mini cleaners for SC/FC/ST connectors in a hard carry case.
FOCIS PRO APC Analysis and Cleaning Kit
This kit includes a DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, a DFS1 Digital FiberScope, APC and PC/UPC
probe tip adapters, and One-Click Mini cleaners for SC/FC/ST and LC/MU connectors
packed in a hard carry case.
FOCIS PRO Data Center Analysis and Cleaning Kit
This kit includes a DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, a DFS1 Digital FiberScope, APC and PC/UPC
MPO probe tip adapters, LC probe tip adapters, MPO One-Click cleaner and One-Click
Mini LC cleaner packed in a hard carry case.
FOCIS PRO Analysis Kit (No Probe Tips or Cleaners)
This kit includes a DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, a DFS1 Digital FiberScope and a hard
carry case.
FOCIS PRO Upgrade Kit for DFS1 Owners
This kit is designed to allow an existing DFS1 Digital FiberScope owner to upgrade to
the FOCIS PRO system. This kit includes only a DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet and a hard
carry case.
FOCIS PRO Upgrade Kit for FOCIS Owners
This kit is designed to upgrade any FOCIS system to its FOCIS PRO equivalent. The FOCIS
PRO Upgrade kit includes a “single install” copy of AFL SimpleView PRO and a FOCIS
PRO printed user’s guide.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FCIS-PR-2000 Revision 1E 2014-11-06
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
104
FOCIS PRO Powerful Inspection and Image Management Features *
Live Image Mode
The FOCIS PRO system includes a Live Image viewing mode
that works just like any legacy fiber inspection scope. Images
transmitted by the DFS1 FiberScope are presented on the handheld DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet that provides a high resolution
display with a field of view of approximately 350 x 400 µm.
Analysis Mode
Live Image
FOCIS PRO is equipped with powerful automatic inspection
capabilities that provide objective measurement of fiber endface integrity. Using artificial intelligence-based machine vision
algorithms, FOCIS PRO centers the end-face image, identifies
core, cladding, adhesive and contact zones, finds, measures and
tallies scratches and particles and provides a pass/fail decision
based on IEC 61300-3-35, AT&T TP 76461 or user defined fiber
end-face criteria.
Analysis
Capture Mode with Zoom and Pan
FOCIS PRO enables users to capture live images for the purpose
of subsequent inspection and documentation of fiber end-face
conditions. Once captured, the user has the option of Zooming
and Panning the image, deleting the image or saving it to a
folder. The FOCIS PRO system can store more than 1000 fiber
images in memory.
Failing Fiber
Passing Fiber
Review Mode with Image Pairing
FOCIS PRO features the capability to pair images as before/
after, input/output, Cleaning, mating and other common fiber
cleanliness comparisons. Easy-to-use Zoom and Pan touchscreen
controls provide users with the capability to closely inspect any
portion of the fiber image.
File Manager with Image Browser
FOCIS PRO enables users to store fiber images in internal
memory and to transfer images to an external memory stick. File
management features include folder hierarchy and file naming
capabilities.
Image Review - Pair Image
File Manager
* User Interface is now available in English and Japanese.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FCIS-PR-2000 Revision 1E 2014-11-06
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
105
FOCIS PRO Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System
Specifications
U.S. Patents Pending
a
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Manual Detection Capability
System Optical Resolution
Field of View
Analysis Resolution
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Relative Humidity
DFD1
Display Type
Display Size
Display Resolution
Unit Size without boot (L x W x H)
Weight
Power
Battery Life
Battery Recharge Time b
DFS1 DIGITAL FIBERSCOPE
Focus Range
Probe Size (without tip)
Weight
Light Source
Power Source
0.5 µm
1.0 µm
400 µm x 350 µm
1.3 µm
0 to +50°C
-10 to +70°C
0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
TFT LCD
127 mm (5 in), 9:16 aspect ratio
WQVGA, 480 x 272 pixels
144 x 88 x 20 mm (5.7 x 3.5 x 0.8 in)
220 g (7.7 oz)
Li-Ion battery or AC power adapter, 100 – 240 VAC input
120 minutes
5.5 hours
2 mm travel
35 x 175 mm (1.4 x 6.9 in)
200 g (7.1 oz)
Blue LED
USB host port
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 23°C ±2°C (73.4°F ±3.6°F) unless otherwise specified.
b. Typical, from fully discharged to fully charged state, unit may be operating.
Ordering Information
MODEL AND DESCRIPTION
FOCIS AND FOCIS PRO KITS WITHOUT ADAPTER TIPS AND CLEANERS
FOCIS PRO kit. Includes DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, SimpleView PRO software, DFS1 Digital FiberScope, AC adapter, reference guides, hard carry case.
FOCIS PRO Upgrade for DFS1 Owners. Includes DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, SimpleView PRO software, AC adapter, reference guides, hard carry case.
FOCIS PRO Upgrade kit for FOCIS Owners. Includes AFL SimpleView PRO software, reference guide.
FOCIS AND FOCIS PRO KITS WITH ADAPTER TIPS AND CLEANERS
FOCIS PRO UPC kit. Includes DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, SimpleView PRO software, DFS1 Digital FiberScope, adapter tips (1.25 & 2.5 mm, SC/FC, LC),
adapter tip box, One-Click Mini-100 SC/ST/FC, One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU, AC adapter, reference guides, hard carry case.
FOCIS PRO APC kit. Includes DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, SimpleView PRO software, DFS1 Digital FiberScope, adapter tips (2.5 mm, SC/APC, FC/APC),
adapter tip box, One-Click Mini-100 SC/ST/FC, AC adapter, reference guides, hard carry case.
FOCIS PRO Data Center kit. Includes DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, SimpleView PRO software, DFS1 Digital FiberScope, adapter tips (MTP/PC, MTP/APC,
1.25 mm, LC/PC), One-Click MPO, One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU, AC adapter, reference guides, hard carry case.
FOCIS PRO TroubleFinder kit with OPM and VFL. Includes DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, SimpleView PRO software, DFS1 Digital FiberScope,
OPM5-4D power meter, HiLite visible fiber identifier, APC & UPC adapter tips, One-Click Mini-100 SC/ST/FC, One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU, AC adapter,
reference guides, hard carry case.
AFL NO.
FOCIS-00-P4XN
FOCIS-00-P4NN
FOCIS-00-P0XX
FOCIS-00-P4XU
FOCIS-00-P4XA
FOCIS-00-P4XM
FOCIS-00-PTFK
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FCIS-PR-2000 Revision 1E 2014-11-06
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
106
FOCIS Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System
U.S. Patents Pending
Features
•• 0.5 µm detection capability
•• 1.0 µm optical resolution
•• 400 µm x 350 µm field of view
•• Paired fiber images for comparing
before/after, input/output, etc.
•• Integrated focus and snapshot controls
•• Capture, save, review and share images
•• 1000 image files storage capacity
Applications
•• Inspect-Clean-Inspect-Document
workflow
•• PC/UPC, APC and MPO/MTP connectors
•• Document “as-built” or “as found”
condition of patch cords and connectors
The AFL family of FOCIS integrated fiber inspection solutions provides network personnel with the capability to document fiber
connector cleanliness. FOCIS combines a palm-sized DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, a DFS1 Digital FiberScope and AFL SimpleView Plus
inspection software to provide the inspection and analysis power of current laptop and probe solutions and the ergonomics, ease of
use, ruggedness and ownership costs of basic “live only” viewers. FOCIS solutions are future-proof because their optical resolution and
detection specifications exceed current international standards and their software-based inspection and analysis applications can be
upgraded as market requirements evolve.
The DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet is a purpose-built, hand-held Windows® computer equipped with AFL SimpleView Plus inspection
software. Its bright, crisp display provides detailed images and its Zoom/Pan feature allow users to identify the smallest particles,
scratches and imperfections. Its portrait orientation makes it easy to hold and operate with just one hand. Unique to FOCIS is a
patent-pending feature, which simplifies before/after, jumper/bulkhead, input/output and other common fiber cleanliness comparisons.
Additional features include image capture and store/recall. Up to 1000 fiber images may be stored in on-board memory and images
may be transferred via any off-the-shelf USB memory stick or SD flash card. The DFD1 incorporates a proven shock-absorbing rubber
boot that doubles as a tilt stand and hanger.
The DFS1 Digital FiberScope is a high resolution video inspection probe. It is equipped with a focusing knob and an image capture
button. An extensive assortment of DFS1 adapter tips allow it to be used with all types of fiber connector ferrules and bulkhead
connectors. Bulkhead tips are available in multiple lengths as well as straight and 60° angle. Connector adapters are available PC/UPC,
APC polished ferrule in 1.25 mm, 2.5 mm and MTP/MPO connectors.
AFL FOCIS solutions are packaged in a protective hard carry case that keeps all vital inspection and cleaning tools close at hand and
ready to go to work.
* User Interface is now available in English and Japanese.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FCIS-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-11-05
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
107
FOCIS Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System
U.S. Patents Pending
Available Product Configurations
FOCIS inspection systems are available in 5 different
configurations to provide fiber installers, network activation
crews and maintenance personnel with the essential tools
needed to clean, inspect and document proper fiber end-face
cleanliness. These kits combine inspection and cleaning products
and are available in a standard hard carry case. All kits include a
FOCIS DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet with AC adapter, AFL SimpleView
Plus application software and a quick reference guide.
FOCIS PC/UPC Inspection and Cleaning Kit
This kit includes a DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, a DFS1 Digital
FiberScope, PC/UPC probe tip adapters, One-Click Mini cleaners
for SC/FC/ST and LC/MU connectors in a hard carry case.
FOCIS APC Inspection and Cleaning Kit
This kit includes a DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, a DFS1 Digital
FiberScope, APC and PC/UPC probe tip adapters and One-click
Mini cleaners for SC/FC/ST connectors in a hard carry case.
FOCIS MTP/MPO Inspection and Cleaning Kit
This kit includes a DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, a DFS1 Digital
FiberScope, APC and PC/UPC MTP/MPO probe tip adapters and
MPO/MTP® cleaner in a hard carry case.
FOCIS Inspection Kit (No Tips or Cleaners)
This kit includes a DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet and a DFS1 Digital
FiberScope in a hard carry case.
FOCIS Upgrade Kit for DFS1 Owners
This kit is designed to allow an existing DFS1 Digital FiberScope
owner to upgrade to the FOCIS system. This kit includes only a
DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet and is available in a hard carry case.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FCIS-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-11-05
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
108
FOCIS Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System *
U.S. Patents Pending
Powerful Inspection and Image Management Features
Live Image Mode
Capture Mode with
Zoom and Pan
The FOCIS system includes
a Live Image viewing mode
that works just like any
legacy fiber inspection
scope. Images transmitted
by the DFS1 FiberScope are
presented on the hand-held
DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet.
The system provides a high
resolution display with a field
of view of approximately
350 x 400 µm.
Live Image Mode
Image Capture Mode
FOCIS enables users to
capture live images for
the purpose of subsequent
inspection and for
documenting fiber end-face
conditions. Once a snapshot
has been captured, the user
has the option of Zooming
and Panning the image,
deleting the image or saving
it to a folder. The FOCIS
system can store more than
1000 fiber images in memory.
File Manager with
Image Browser
Review Mode with
Image Pair Option
FOCIS enables users to store
fiber images in internal
memory and to transfer
images to an external memory
stick. File management
features include folder
hierarchy and file naming
capabilities.
FOCIS features the unique
ability to pair images as
before/after, input/output,
cleaning, mating other
common fiber cleanliness
comparisons. Easy-to-use
Zoom and Pan touchscreen
controls provide users with
the capability to closely
inspect any portion of the
fiber image.
File Manager
Image Review - Pair Image Mode
* User Interface is now available in English and Japanese.
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FCIS-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-11-05
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
109
FOCIS Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System
Specifications
U.S. Patents Pending
a
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Detection Capability
Optical Resolution
Field of View
Battery Life b
Battery Recharge Time c
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Relative Humidity
DFD1
Display Type
Display Size
Display Resolution
Unit Size without boot (L x W x H)
Weight
Power
DFS1 DIGITAL FIBERSCOPE
Focus Range
Probe Size (without tip)
Weight
Light Source
Power Source
0.5 µm
1.0 µm
400 µm x 350 µm
120 minutes
5.5 hours
0 to +50°C
-10 to +70°C
0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing)
TFT LCD
127 mm (5 in), 9:16 aspect ratio
WQVGA, 480 x 272 pixels
144 x 88 x 20 mm (5.7 x 3.5 x 0.8 in)
220 g (7.7 oz)
Li-Ion battery or AC power adapter, 100 – 240 VAC input
2 mm travel
35 x 175 mm (1.4 x 6.9 in)
200 g (7.1 oz)
Blue LED
USB port
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 23°C ±2°C (73.4°F ±3.6°F) unless otherwise specified.
b. Typical with new battery.
c. Typical, from fully discharged to fully charged state, unit may be operating.
Ordering Information
MODEL AND DESCRIPTION
AFL NO.
FOCIS KITS WITHOUT ADAPTER TIPS AND CLEANERS
FOCIS kit. Includes DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, SimpleView Plus software, DFS1 Digital FiberScope, AC adapter, reference guides, hard carry case.
FOCIS-00-04XN
FOCIS Upgrade kit for DFS1 Owners. Includes DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, SimpleView Plus software, AC adapter, reference guides, hard carry case. FOCIS-00-04NN
FOCIS KITS WITH ADAPTER TIPS AND CLEANERS
FOCIS UPC kit. Includes DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, SimpleView Plus software, DFS1 Digital FiberScope, adapter tips (1.25 & 2.5 mm Universal,
SC/FC, LC), adapter tip box, One-Click Mini-100 SC/ST/FC, One-Click Mini-100 LC/MU, AC adapter, reference guides, hard carry case.
FOCIS APC kit. Includes DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, SimpleView Plus software, DFS1 FiberScope, adapter tips (2.5 mm Universal, SC/APC, FC/APC),
adapter tip box, One-Click Mini-100 SC/ST/FC, AC adapter, reference guides, hard carry case.
FOCIS MPO kit. Includes DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet, SimpleView Plus software, DFS1 Digital FiberScope, MTP/PC and MTP/APC adapter tips,
One-Click Cleaner MPO, AC adapter, reference guides, hard carry case.
FOCIS-00-04XU
FOCIS-00-04XA
FOCIS-00-04XM
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. FCIS-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-11-05
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
110
DFS1 Digital FiberScope
The DFS1 Digital FiberScope supports magnified video inspection
of optical fiber connector end-faces during fiber optic cable
and connector installation and maintenance. The ergonomically
designed hand-held unit illuminates fiber end-faces and delivers
magnified images via USB port to AFL’s M-series OTDRs,
C-series OTDRs and Certification Testers. FiberScope software
displays, labels and stores captured images as part of connector
installation and/or maintenance records.
DFS1 Digital FiberScope
A large adjustment knob permits easy focusing using real-time
view. Once focused, a conveniently located trigger button signals
the attached display device to capture the image for analysis and
archiving. The scope’s ergonomic shape and control locations
support comfortable, single-handed operation.
The DFS1 is powered through the USB port, eliminating the need
for an additional battery or AC power supplies. Electronic video
inspection eliminates all danger of eye damage from active (lit)
fibers carrying either visible or infrared wavelengths.
Clean connector
An extensive assortment of adapters supports inspection of
a wide range of optical jumper cable connector ferrules and
bulkhead adapters. Bulkhead adapter tips are available in
multiple lengths as well as 60° angle. Connector adapters are
available for PC, UPC or APC polished ferrules in 1.25 mm,
2.5 mm and other diameters. The DFS1 is available in three
different kits which provide either PC/UPC adapters, APC
adapters or no adapters.
Dirty connector
DFS1 Digital FiberScope with M210 OTDR
Features
•• Ergonomic, hand-held design
•• Single-handed operation
•• 400x magnification
•• Fast, easy focus and display capture
•• Video output via USB port to M- and C-series or user PC
•• Powered from USB; no batteries required
•• Extensive assortment of interchangeable fiber connector
and bulkhead adapter tips
•• Adapter tips easily changed; no tools required
•• Use AFL SimpleView PC software with DFS1 to inspect
connectors using a laptop PC
AFL SimpleView™ Fiber Inspection Software is an application,
which permits the DFS1 Digital FiberScope to be used with
Windows® XP or Windows® 7 computers. AFL SimpleView
software displays a live, high-resolution video image of the endface of an optical fiber on the PC’s display. SimpleView software
is a free download www.AFLglobal.com.
Applications
•• Ideal for telco, broadband and enterprise applications
•• Optical connector and bulkhead adapter inspection
•• Display and analyze fiber end-face quality on C- and M-series
•• Visually inspect fiber end-faces for damage
or contamination impairing optical transmission
•• Generate installation inspection records, associating captured
digital photo with fiber ID
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. DFS1-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
111
DFS1 Digital FiberScope
Specifications
DFS1 Digital FiberScope with M700 OTDR
a
PARAMETERS
VALUE
400X
Magnification
~400 µm x 300 µm
Field of View
0.5 μm detectable
Resolution
0°C to 50°C
Operating Temperature
-20°C to 70°C
Storage Temperature
Manual adjustment, 2 mm max travel
Focus
35 mm diameter x 175 mm length (without tip)
200 g
Dimensions
Weight
Blue LED
USB port of M-series OTDRs or C-series OTDRS and Certification Testers
Light Source
Power Supply
Note:
a. All specifications valid at 23°C ±2°C (73.4°F ±3.6°F) unless otherwise specified.
Ordering Information
DFS1 Digital FiberScope Kit
The DFS1 is available in three different kits which provide either PC/UPC adapters, APC
adapters, or no adapters. All kits include soft carry case, a storage box to hold up to six
adapter tips, FiberScope display software update for M-series OTDRs (M200, M700)
or C-series OTDRs and Certification Testers (C840, C850, C860, C880), and a quick
reference guide.
DESCRIPTION
DFS1 Digital FiberScope PC/UPC Inspection Kit includes:
(1) DFS1-00-04X0MR DFS1 USB Digital FiberScope
(1) DFS1-00-0001MR Universal 1.25 mm male PC adapter tip
(1) DFS1-00-0002MR Universal 2.5 mm male PC adapter tip
(1) DFS1-00-0003MR SC and FC female bulkhead adapter tip
(1) DFS1-00-0004MR LC female bulkhead adapter tip
(1) DFS1-04-0001MZ soft carry case for scope and adapters
(1) 8500-05-0001MZ One-Click Cleaner SC, ST, FC
(1) 8500-05-0002MZ One-Click Cleaner LC/MU
(1) 1400-01-0093MZ 6-compartment adapter tip storage box
(1) DFS1-001-00 DFS1 software update for M200, M210, M700, C840, C850, C860, C880
DFS1 Digital FiberScope APC Inspection Kit includes:
(1) DFS1-00-04X0MR DFS1 USB Digital FiberScope
(1) DFS1-01-0002MR Universal 2.5 mm male APC adapter tip
(1) DFS1-01-0003MR SC/APC and FC/APC bulkhead adapter tip
(1) DFS1-01-0011MR SC/APC bulkhead adapter tip
(1) DFS1-04-0001MZ soft carry case for scope and adapters
(1) 8500-05-0001MZ One-Click Cleaner SC, ST, FC
(1) 1400-01-0093MZ 6-compartment adapter tip storage box
(1) DFS1-001-00 DFS1 software update for M200, M210, M700, C840, C850, C860, C880
DFS1 USB Digital Fiber Inspection Kit without Adapters includes:
(1) DFS1-00-004X0MR DFS1 USB Digital FiberScope
(1) Soft carry case for scope and adapters
(1) 6-compartment adapter tip box
(1) DFS1-001-00 DFS1 software update for M200, M210, M700, C840, C850, C860, C880
DFS1 FiberScope display software update for M200, M210, M700, C840, C850, C860,
C880
AFL NO.
DFS1-00-04XU
DFS1-00-04XA
DFS1-00-04XN
DFS1-001-00
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. DFS1-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
112
DFS1 Digital FiberScope
Ordering Information (continued)
DFS1 Accessories
DFS1-00-0001MR
DESCRIPTION
Soft carry case for DFS1 Digital FiberScope and adapters
AFL NO.
DFS1-04-0001MZ
6-compartment adapter tip storage box
1400-01-0093MZ
11-compartment adapter tip storage box
1400-01-0094MZ
One-Click Cleaner SC, ST, FC
8500-05-0001MZ
One-Click Cleaner LC/MU
8500-05-0002MZ
AFL SimpleView PC viewer software
Free download from
www.AFLglobal.com
DFS1 Adapter Tips
DFS1-00-0002MR
DFS1-00-0004MR
DFS1-00-0013MR
The following table identifies commonly required adapter tips. Other adapter tips
available. Please consult the factory for additional adapter tips and prices.
DESCRIPTION
PC FERRULE CONNECTOR ADAPTER TIPS
AFL NO.
Universal 1.25 mm tip for PC ferrule connector
Universal 2.5 mm tip for PC ferrule connector
Universal 2.0 mm tip for PC ferrule connector
Slim 1.6 mm tip for PC ferrule (termini)
Slim 1.25 mm probe tip for LuxCis and termini
Slim 2.5 mm PC ferrule tip for ELIO and termini
Tip for ELIO 1.25 mm ferrule connector
SC/PC AND FC/PC BULKHEAD ADAPTER TIPS
DFS1-00-0001MR
DFS1-00-0002MR
DFS1-00-0005MR
DFS1-00-0006MR
DFS1-00-0038MR
DFS1-00-0039MR
DFS1-00-0008MR
Tip for SC/PC and FC/PC bulkhead adapter
Short extended tip for SC/PC and FC/PC bulkhead adapter
Medium extended tip for SC/PC and FC/PC bulkhead adapter
Long extended tip for SC/PC and FC/PC bulkhead adapter
60° angled tip for SC/PC and FC/PC bulkhead adapter
60º angled tip for SC/PC bulkhead adapter
ST/PC BULKHEAD ADAPTER TIPS
DFS1-00-0003MR
DFS1-00-0010MR
DFS1-00-0011MR
DFS1-00-0012MR
DFS1-00-0013MR
DFS1-00-0040MR
Tip for ST/PC bulkhead adapter
Short extended tip for ST/PC bulkhead adapter
Medium extended tip for ST/PC bulkhead adapter
Long extended tip for ST/PC bulkhead adapter
60° angled tip for ST/PC bulkhead adapter
LC/PC BULKHEAD ADAPTER TIPS
DFS1-00-0014MR
DFS1-00-0015MR
DFS1-00-0016MR
DFS1-00-0017MR
DFS1-00-0018MR
Tip for LC/PC bulkhead adapter
Short extended tip for LC/PC bulkhead adapter
Medium extended tip for LC/PC bulkhead adapter
Long extended tip for LC/PC bulkhead adapter
60° angled tip for LC/PC bulkhead adapter
DFS1-00-0004MR
DFS1-00-0019MR
DFS1-00-0020MR
DFS1-00-0021MR
DFS1-00-0022MR
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. DFS1-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
113
DFS1 Digital FiberScope
Ordering Information (continued)
DESCRIPTION
E2000/PC BULKHEAD ADAPTER TIPS
AFL NO.
Short extended tip for E2000/PC bulkhead adapter
Medium extended tip for E2000/PC bulkhead adapter
Long extended tip for E2000/PC bulkhead adapter
MU/PC BULKHEAD ADAPTER TIPS
DFS1-00-0023MR
DFS1-00-0024MR
DFS1-00-0025MR
Tip for MU/PC bulkhead adapter
Short extended tip for MU/PC bulkhead adapter
Medium extended tip for MU/PC bulkhead adapter
Long extended tip for MU/PC bulkhead adapter
60° angled tip for MU/PC bulkhead adapter
MTP/PC MULTI-FIBER ADAPTER TIPS (FERRULE & BULKHEAD)
DFS1-00-0026MR
DFS1-00-0027MR
DFS1-00-0028MR
DFS1-00-0029MR
DFS1-00-0030MR
MTP/PC bulkhead adapter extended tip; includes base plus MTP/PC front end tip.
Test ferrules using adapter tip with bulkhead adapter.
Front end tip for MTP/PC ferrule and bulkhead adapter
MTP/PC and MTP/APC bulkhead adapter extended tip kit; includes base plus MTP/PC
and MTP/APC front end tips. Test ferrules using adapter tip with bulkhead adapter.
Multi-row MTP/PC bulkhead adapter extended tip; Includes base plus MTP/PC front
end tip. Test multi-row MTP/PC ferrules using this adapter tip with multi-row
bulkhead adapter
MISCELLANEOUS PC BULKHEAD ADAPTER TIPS
DFS1-00-0037MR
Tip for LEMO 2.0 mm bulkhead adapter
Tip for LX.5/PC bulkhead adapter
Tip for 2.0 mm termini bulkhead adapter
Tip for 1.6 mm termini bulkhead adapter
Tip for ELIO 1.25 mm bulkhead adapter
APC TIPS
DFS1-00-0031MR
DFS1-00-0032MR
DFS1-00-0033MR
DFS1-00-0034MR
DFS1-00-0036MR
Universal 1.25 mm tip for APC ferrule connector
Universal 2.5 mm tip for APC ferrule connector
Tip for SC/APC and FC/APC bulkhead adapter
Tip for SC/APC bulkhead adapter
Tip for LC/APC bulkhead adapter
DFS1-01-0001MR
DFS1-01-0002MR
DFS1-01-0003MR
DFS1-01-0011MR
DFS1-01-0004MR
Short extended tip for SC/APC bulkhead adapter
60° angled tip for SC/APC bulkhead adapter
Tip for E2000/APC bulkhead adapter
Tip for LX.5/APC bulkhead adapter
MTP/APC bulkhead adapter extended tip kit; includes base plus MTP/APC front end tip.
Test ferrules using adapter tip with bulkhead adapter.
Front end tip for MTP/APC ferrule and bulkhead adapter
DFS1-01-0005MR
DFS1-01-0006MR
DFS1-01-0008MR
DFS1-01-0009MR
DFS1-01-0010MR
DFS1-00-0041MR
DFS1-00-0042MR
DFS1-00-0050MR
DFS1-01-0012MR
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. DFS1-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
114
AFL SimpleView™ Fiber Inspection Software
AFL SimpleView Fiber Inspection Software is an application
that permits the NOYES DFS1 Digital FiberScope to be used
with Windows® XP or Windows® 7 computers. AFL SimpleView
software provides a live, high-resolution video image of the endface of an optical fiber. This capability enables fiber installers and
network technicians to inspect and troubleshoot optical fibers
and verify that they are clean and undamaged.
The DFS1 Digital FiberScope is an ergonomically-designed handheld inspection probe that illuminates the end-face of singlemode or multimode optical fiber and delivers live video images
to laptop computers and NOYES OTDRs.
Capabilities
•• 0.5 µm detection
•• 1.0 µm optical resolution
•• 250 µm field of view (minimum)
•• Integrated focus control
Applications
•• Document “as-built” condition of patch cords and connectors
•• Document “as-inspected” condition of malfunctioning links
•• Perform final or incoming inspection of equipment
and components
Minimum System Requirements
•• OS: Windows XP or Windows 7
•• USB: USB 1.1 Host
AFL SimpleView software is available as a free download from AFL.
Download AFL SimpleView at:
www.aflglobal.com/Products/Test-and-Inspection/Software/
AFL_SimpleView(TM)_Fiber_Inspection_Software
© 2011, AFL, all rights reserved. SVSW-00-2000 Revision A, 2012-07-27
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
115
OFS300 Optical Microscope
Features
•• Laser safety filter installed
•• 200x image size
•• 2.5 mm Universal connector included
•• Low battery LED indicator
•• Long battery life with 2 x AA alkaline
•• Rugged, hand-held, easy-to-use
•• Tripod mount
Applications
•• Verify jumper ends are clean prior to connecting to network
•• Inspect end-faces for scratches or pits
•• Eliminate the most common network fault (bad connectors)
Inspect patch cords with NOYES OFS300 from AFL. Designed for field use, with lab
quality optics, the OFS300 scope delivers a high quality end-face image at 200x
magnification. Quickly identify scratches, dirt or other problems normally associated with
poor network performance.
FACT: A large percentage of network failures are caused by dirty or damaged end-faces
on fiber optic connectors. Inspecting jumper end-faces prior to connection is critical to
network performance. The OFS300 scope provides a quality optical inspection tool at an
affordable price.
Safety: A built-in laser safety filter provides >40 dB IR protection to reduce risk of injury to
the eye if accidentally viewing an active fiber.
The OFS300 features a Universal adapter cap mount that accepts a variety of NOYES
thread-on style adapter caps (ordered separately) to ease inspection of many connector
style. A momentary power switch located on the top panel keeps one hand free for
focusing. For stationary work, the tri-pod mount allows the OFS300 to attach to any
standard camera tri-pod.
The OFS300 offers 60 hours of continuous battery life from standard 2 x AA batteries and
features an LED indicator, which will flash when batteries require replacement.
© 2002-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. OFS1-00-2000 Revision V, 2013-12-27
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
116
OFS300 Optical Fiberscope
Specificationsa
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal Magnification
Adapter Mount
Safety Filter
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Power
Battery Life
Weight in Use
Size (H x W x D)
200X
Universal, thread-on
Schott KG3, >40 dB IR
0 °C to +50 °C
-20 °C to +50 °C
2 x AA batteries
>60 hours
0.67 kg (1.5 lb)
13 x 5 x 20 cm (5 x 2 x 8 in)
Note:
a. All specifications valid at 25 °C unless otherwise specified.
Ordering Information
DESCRIPTION
OFS300 UPC/APC MPO Inspection and Cleaning Kit. Includes OFS300 Inspection Scope, MPO APC (8°) adapter tip, MPO UPC adapter tip,
2.5 mm Universal adapter tip, One-Click MPO Cleaner, Optixx Precision Lens and Instrument Cleaning kit, hard case, 2 x AA batteries, neck strap,
users guide.
OFS300 UPC MPO Inspection and Cleaning Kit. Includes OFS300 Inspection Scope, MPO UPC adapter tip, 2.5 mm Universal adapter tip,
One-Click MPO Cleaner, Optixx Precision Lens and Instrument Cleaning kit, hard case, 2 x AA batteries, neck strap, users guide.
OFS300 APC MPO Inspection and Cleaning Kit. Includes OFS300 Inspection Scope, MPO APC (8°) adapter tip, 2.5 mm Universal adapter tip,
One-Click MPO Cleaner, Optixx Precision Lens and Instrument Cleaning kit, hard case, 2 x AA batteries, neck strap, users guide.
OFS300 Inspection Kit. Includes OFS300 Inspection Scope, 2 x AA batteries, neck strap, 2.5 mm Universal adapter cap, users guide.
OFS300 UPC/APC MPO Upgrade for OFS300 Owners. Includes MPO APC (8°) adapter tip, MPO UPC adapter tip, One-Click MPO Cleaner,
Optixx Precision Lens and Instrument Cleaning Kit, hard case.
OFS300 UPC MPO Upgrade Kit for OFS300 Owners. Includes MPO UPC adapter tip, One-Click MPO Cleaner, Optixx Precision Lens and
Instrument Cleaning kit, hard case.
OFS300 APC MPO Upgrade Kit for OFS300 Owners. Includes MPO APC (8°) adapter tip, One-Click MPO Cleaner, Optixx Precision Lens and
Instrument Cleaning kit, hard case.
OFS300 angled SC adapter tip.
OFS300 angled FC adapter tip.
OFS300 angled E-2000 adapter tip.
OFS300 angled MTP/MPO adapter tip.
OFS300 UPC MTP/MPO adapter tip.
OFS300 1.25 mm Universal male adapter tip.
OFS300 2.5 mm Universal male adapter tip.
OFS300 SMC 0° adapter tip.
OFS300 1.6 mm (pin) adapter tip.
OFS300 2.0 mm (pin) adapter tip.
OFS300 EC (radial) adapter tip.
OFS300 1.25/2.5 mm (2-position) Universal adapter tip.
AFL NO.
MPOK-AU-OPTX
MPOK-XU-OPTX
MPOK-AX-OPTX
OFS300
MPOK-AU-OPTU
MPOK-XU-OPTU
MPOK-AX-OPTU
8800-00-0220
8800-00-0218
8800-00-0229
8800-00-0234
8800-00-0233
8800-00-0236
8800-00-0219
8800-00-0235
8800-00-0244
8800-00-0248
8800-00-0277
8800-00-0265
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2002-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. OFS1-00-2000 Revision V, 2013-12-27
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
117
VS300 View Safe Video Microscope
Features
•• Safety: The VS300 has no optical path to the user’s eye
•• Ergonomic: Comfortable molded easy grip case
•• 2.5 mm Universal adapter included (accepts FC, ST, FC, etc.)
•• View PC and angled connector types including MPO/MTP
•• NTSC video output
Applications
•• Verify jumper ends are clean prior to connecting to network
•• Inspect end-faces for scratches or pits
•• Eliminate the most common network fault (bad connectors)
Inspect patch cords with NOYES VS300 from AFL. Designed for field use, the VS300 scope
delivers a high quality end-face image at 400x magnification. Quickly identify scratches,
dirt or other problems normally associated with poor network performance.
FACT: A large percentage of network failures are caused by dirty or damaged end-faces
on fiber optic connectors. Inspecting jumper end-faces prior to connection is critical to
network performance. The VS300 scope provides a quality optical inspection tool at an
affordable price.
Safety by design: the VS300 Utilizes a camera and micro display to provide an end-face
image while eliminating the optical path to the technician’s eye. This ensures no harm in
the case of inadvertent viewing of live fibers. *
The VS300 features a Universal adapter cap mount that accepts a variety of NOYES
thread-on style adapter caps (ordered separately) to ease inspection of many connector
style. A momentary power switch located on the top panel keeps one hand free for
focusing.
Tri-Pod mount: For stationary work, the tri-pod mount allows the VS300 to attach to any
standard camera tri-pod.
Auto time-out feature provides long battery life from standard 2 x AA Alkalines.
*Always follow your company’s laser safety procedures and never use an optical
microscope to view live fiber optic connectors.
© 2002-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. V0S3-00-2000 Revision F, 2013-12-27
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
118
VS300 View Safe Video Microscope
Specifications
a
OPTICAL
Magnification
Adaptor Mount
Safety Filter
Video Output
GENERAL
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Humidity
Power Supply
Battery Life
Indicators
Weight
Size (H x W x D)
400X equivalent to 8” monitor for 20” distance
Thread-on (Universal)
Not Required - No optical path to user
NTSC
0 °C to +50 °C
-20 °C to +60°C
0 to 90 % (non - condensing)
2 AA alkaline batteries, optional AC adapter
300 inspections @ 60 seconds each
Low battery
0.42 kg (0.94 lb)
3.5 x 1.5 x 8.5 in (8.9 x 3.8 x 21.6 cm)
Note:
a. All specifications valid at 25 °C unless otherwise specified.
Ordering Information
DESCRIPTION
VS300 UPC/APC MPO Inspection and Cleaning Kit. Includes VS300 Inspection Scope, MPO APC (8°) adapter tip, MPO UPC adapter tip,
2.5 mm Universal adapter tip, One-Click MPO Cleaner, Optixx Precision Lens and Instrument Cleaning kit, hard case, 2 x AA batteries, users guide.
VS300 UPC MPO Inspection and Cleaning Kit. Includes VS300 Inspection Scope, MPO UPC adapter tip, 2.5 mm Universal adapter tip,
One-Click MPO Cleaner, Optixx Precision Lens and Instrument Cleaning kit, hard case, 2 x AA batteries, users guide.
VS300 APC MPO Inspection and Cleaning Kit. Includes VS300 Inspection Scope, MPO APC (8°) adapter tip, 2.5 mm Universal adapter tip,
One-Click MPO Cleaner, Optixx Precision Lens and Instrument Cleaning kit, hard case, 2 x AA batteries, users guide.
VS300 Inspection Kit. Includes VS300 Inspection Scope, 2.5 mm Universal adapter cap, 2 x AA batteries, users guide.
VS300 UPC/APC MPO Upgrade Kit for VS300 Owners. Includes MPO APC (8°) adapter tip, MPO UPC adapter tip, One-Click MPO Cleaner,
Optixx Precision Lens and Instrument Cleaning Kit, hard case.
VS300 UPC MPO Upgrade Kit for VS300 Owners. Includes MPO UPC adapter tip, One-Click MPO Cleaner, Optixx Precision Lens and Instrument
Cleaning lit, hard case.
VS300 APC MPO Upgrade Kit for VS300 Owners. Includes MPO APC (8°) adapter tip, One-Click MPO Cleaner, Optixx Precision Lens and
Instrument Cleaning kit, hard case.
VS300 angled SC adapter tip.
VS300 angled FC adapter tip.
VS300 angled E-2000 adapter tip.
VS300 angled MTP/MPO adapter tip.
VS300 UPC MTP/MPO male adapter tip.
VS300 1.25 mm Universal male adapter tip.
VS300 2.5 mm Universal male adapter tip.
VS300 SMC 0° adapter tip.
VS300 1.6 mm (pin) adapter tip.
VS300 2.0 mm (pin) adapter tip.
VS300 EC (radial) adapter tip.
VS300 1.25/2.5 mm (2-position) Universal adapter tip.
AFL NO
MPOK-AU-VIDX
MPOK-XU-VIDX
MPOK-AX-VIDX
VS300
MPOK-AU-VIDU
MPOK-XU-VIDU
MPOK-AX-VIDU
8800-00-0220
8800-00-0218
8800-00-0229
8800-00-0234
8800-00-0233
8800-00-0236
8800-00-0219
8800-00-0235
8800-00-0244
8800-00-0248
8800-00-0277
8800-00-0265
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2002-2013, AFL, all rights reserved. V0S3-00-2000 Revision F, 2013-12-27
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
119
VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator
The VOA6-SM is a rugged, lightweight variable optical attenuator that is ideal for use
in a wide range of single-mode fiber link certification and engineering test applications.
Managers will appreciate its simplicity, which minimizes training requirements and
speeds deployment. Field technicians will appreciate the simple thumbwheel attenuation
control, which allows precise, one-hand operation. Engineers will appreciate the
accuracy and return loss performance of the VOA6-SM.
The VOA6-SM is a two-port passive optical device that, when inserted in an optical
link, allows a technician to perform several important certification tasks. For example,
when the fixed output level of a laser transmitter is too high for downstream devices,
the VOA6-SM can be used to determine the amount of fixed attenuation required to
match power levels. Alternately, during activation and certification of a new circuit,
the VOA6-SM can be used to vary the amount of link loss and determine the optical
headroom of the circuit. The 45 dB optical return loss of the VOA6-SM makes it ideal for
use with sensitive DFB laser transmitters and other devices that can be degraded
or damaged by reflected power.
The VOA6-SM is calibrated at key FTTx wavelengths including 1310, 1490, 1550 and
1625 nm and can be used in the calibration, engineering and production test lab as well
as in the field. Its rugged construction ensures many years of service.
The VOA6-SM operates on an internal Li-Ion battery and includes a 10-minute auto
power down and 60-second backlight power off capabilities. An AC adapter and battery
charger is standard with every unit.
Features
•• 9 µm /125 µm fiber applications
•• 2 dB to 60 dB attenuation
•• Thumbwheel for one-handed operation
•• Maintains attenuation setting with power on/off.
•• Calibrated for key FTTx wavelengths
•• 45 dB return loss for use with DFB Lasers
Applications
•• BER testing
•• System tolerance to signal attenuation
•• New equipment turn-ups
•• Simple to operate lab attenuator
•• Validate link budgets and optical margin
•• Determine optical pad value
•• Characterize optical components, modules, and systems
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. VOA6-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
120
VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator
Specifications
Ordering Information
a
VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator comes with a protective
rubber boot, AC adapter, Li-Ion battery, battery charger and a
soft carry case.
OPTICAL
Fiber Type
9/125 µm single-mode
Wavelength Range
1260 – 1650 nm
Calibrated Wavelengths
1310, 1490, 1550, 1625 nm
Measurement Range
2 – 60 dB
Insertion Loss
2 dB (max)
Resolution
0.05 dB
Linearity
±0.5 dB
Repeatability
±0.2 dB
Accuracy
±0.8 dB
DESCRIPTION
FC Connector (order 2)
AFL NO.
2900-FT-LS-FC MR
Setting Type
Continuous over entire range
SC Connector (order 2)
2900-FT-LS-SC MR
Function
Bi-directional
ST Connector (order 2)
2900-FT-LS-ST MR
Return Loss b
45 dB
Protective Rubber Boot
1400-10-0220PZ
Max Input
+20 dBm
Carry Case
1400-01-0087PZ
One-Click Cleaner SC/ST/FC
Cletop-SB
8500-05-0001MZ
8500-10-0016MZ
Visual Fault Identifier, 650 nm
HiLite
GENERAL
Connector Adapters
DESCRIPTION
VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator
AFL NO.
VOA6-SM-FC
Accessories and Connector Adapters
FC/PC standard
SC/PC, ST/PC (available – switchable)
Battery
Li-Ion rechargable
Battery Life c
100 hrs
Auto-Off Feature
10 min
Operating Temperature
-10 °C to 55 °C (14 °F to 131 °F)
Storage Temperature
-40 °C to 70 °C (-40 °F to 158 °F)
Humidity
0 % to 90 % (non-condensing)
Dimensions
210 x 115 x 55 mm (8.27 x 4.53 x 2.17 in)
Weight
450 g (1.0 lb)
* VOA6-SM Attenuator has two ports. Order connector adapters in pairs
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 23 °C ±2 °C (73.4 °F ±3.6 °F) unless
otherwise specified.
b. Typical.
c. Unit powered off in between level changes. Typical time spent changing
level <20 minutes per hour.
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. VOA6-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
121
SVA1 Single-mode Variable Attenuator
The SVA1 Single-mode Variable Attenuator advances fiber optic field testing by offering
superior performance in a low cost hand-held package. Utilizing a simplified, industry
accepted attenuation technique, the innovative design of the SVA1 offers superior
resolution across the entire 60 dB dynamic range.
Intended for field testing during installation, new equipment turn-ups or routine
maintenance, the SVA1 is a complete, easy-to-use attenuator. Its unique features allow
bidirectional signal transmission with no loss penalty.
Never be caught with low or discharged batteries. The mechanical design of the SVA1
uses no batteries – it is always ready when you need it.
Input/output ports of the SVA1 are equipped with tool-free removable adapters to allow
the output connectors to be inspected and cleaned.
The SVA1 is available with a variety of connectors and reflectance options to better than
60 dB. With only two adjustments, COARSE and FINE, the SVA 1 is simple to understand
and operate. The SVA1 is suited for all single-mode applications including telco, LANs,
WANs, video and CATV.
Features
•• Single-mode attenuator for a wide range of wavelengths
•• Lightweight, robust, designed for field applications
•• 60 dB dynamic range
•• Coarse and fine adjustments
•• Low insertion loss
•• Swappable (FC, ST, SC, LC) adapters remove for cleaning
Applications
•• BER testing
•• System tolerance to signal attenuation
•• New equipment turn-ups
•• Low cost lab attenuator
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. SVA1-00-2000 Revision L, 2012-08-27
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
122
SVA1 Single-mode Variable Attenuator
Specificationsa
OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wavelengths
Insertion Loss
Minimum Attenuation
Return Loss
Coarse Adjustment
Fine Adjustment
Connector
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Size (H x W x D)
Weight
SVA1
1310 nm & 1550 nm ±30 nm
≤1.5 dB @ 1310 nm
60 dB
50 dB (≥60 dB optional - angled FC)
0 to 60 dB nominal
0 to 10 dB nominal
FC, ST, SC
-10 °C to +55 °C
-30 °C to 60 °C
14 x 7 x 3.8 cm (5.5 x 2.75 x 1.5 in)
168 g (6 oz)
Note:
a. All specifications valid at 25 °C unless otherwise specified.
Accessories and Connector Adapters
DESCRIPTION
FC adapter
SC adapter
ST® adapter
LC adapter
Universal flip-top dust cap for UCI outputs
AFL NO.
2900-50-0002MR
2900-50-0003MR
2900-50-0004MR
2900-50-0006MR
8800-00-0072PR
Calibration Plans
AFL recommends annual calibrations on NOYES Test and Inspection products. Prepaid
Cal plans offer two annual calibrations at a discounted price, a convenient calibration
expiration email service, express calibration services and access to the NOYES product
knowledge base. Cal Plus plans offer the same services as the Cal plans with the
addition of a two year extended warranty (three years total coverage).
MODEL
SVA1
2 YR CAL PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-00-SVA1
2 YR CAL PLUS PLAN
AFL NO.
CAL2-01-SVA1
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. SVA1-00-2000 Revision L, 2012-08-27
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
123
Broadband Activation Kits
Broadband Activation Kits from AFL provide the essential tools
field technicians need to install, certify, and activate single-mode
broadband fiber links. Each kit includes a connector cleaner,
an optical light source, an optical power meter and a variable
optical attenuator.
As cleaning is an essential part of broadband activation, the
AFL’s One-Click Mini is a must-have for field technicians. Simply
insert the One-Click Mini Cleaner into a connector and push until
an audible “click” is heard.
VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator
OPM4-4D Optical Power Meter
The NOYES® brand OPM4-4D Optical Power Meter simplifies
installation and certification tasks by using innovative Wave
ID-automatic wavelength identification capabilities to prevent
setup and measurement errors. With +26 dBm input rating and
76 dB dynamic range, the OPM4-4D is ideal for passive FTTx and
amplified Broadband networks.
The NOYES® brand OLS7-FTTH Laser Light Source provides
the CW, tone-modulated and encoded test signals that enable
technicians to find, identify and certify fiber circuits. With just
one output port, the OLS7-FTTH requires fewer test jumpers,
reference measurements and cleaning steps than other dualoutput light sources.
OLS7-FTTH Laser Light Source
The VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator makes quick work
of optical headroom testing and optical power level balancing.
Its simple thumbwheel control and one-hand operation makes
activation and turn-up tasks a breeze.
One-Click Mini Cleaner SC/ST/FC
TACT1-4-FH-FC Kit
•• Includes VOA6-SM, OPM4-4D, OLS7-FTTH, One-Click Mini
•• All devices calibrated for key FTTx wavelengths:1310, 1490,
1550 nm (OPM4-4D and VOA6-SM also calibrated at 1625 nm)
•• All devices configured for FC connectors
TACT1-4-FH-SC Kit
•• Includes VOA6-SM, OPM4-4D, OLS7-FTTH, One-Click Mini
•• All devices calibrated for key FTTx wavelengths:1310, 1490,
1550 nm (OPM4-4D and VOA6-SM also calibrated at 1625 nm)
•• All devices configured for SC connectors
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. TACT-BA-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
124
Broadband Activation Kits
Ordering Information
DESCRIPTION
AFL NO.
Kit includes:
(1) VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator a
(1) OPM4-4D Optical Power Meter b
(1) OLS7-FTTH Laser Light Source c
(1) One-Click Mini SC/ST/FC
Carry Cases
Kit includes:
(1) VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator a
(1) OPM4-4D Optical Power Meter b
(1) OLS7-FTTH Laser Light Source c
(1) One-Click Mini SC/ST/FC
Carry Cases
TACT1-4-FH-FC
TACT1-4-FH-SC
Notes:
a. VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator comes with a protective rubber boot, AC adapter, Li-Ion battery and
battery charger.
b. OPM4-4D Optical Power Meter comes with a protective rubber boot and 2 AA batteries.
c.OLS7-FTTH Laser Light Source comes with a protective rubber boot and 2 AA batteries.
VOA6-SM Accessories and Connector Adapters
DESCRIPTION
FC connector
SC connector
ST® connector
FC-LC Hybrid adapter
AFL NO.
2900-FT-LS-FC MR
2900-FT-LS-SC MR
2900-FT-LS-ST MR
2900-FT-FCLC
* VOA6 Attenuator has two ports. Order connector adapters in units of two.
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. TACT-BA-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
125
Telecom Activation Kits
Telecom Activation Kits from AFL provide the essential tools
field technicians need to install, certify and activate single-mode
fiber links. Each kit includes a connector cleaner, an optical light
source, an optical power meter and a variable optical attenuator.
As cleaning is an essential part of telecom activation, the AFL’s
One-Click Mini is a must-have for field technicians. Simply insert
the One-Click Mini Cleaner into a connector and push until an
audible “click” is heard.
The NOYES® brand OPM4-4D Optical Power Meter simplifies
installation and certification tasks by using innovative Wave
ID-automatic wavelength identification capabilities to prevent
setup and measurement errors. With +26 dBm input rating and
76 dB dynamic range, the OPM4-4D is ideal for passive and
amplified telecom networks.
VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator
OPM4-4D Optical Power Meter
The NOYES® brand OLS2-DUAL Laser Light Source provides
the CW, tone-modulated and encoded test signals that enable
technicians to find, identify and certify fiber circuits. With just
one output port, the OLS2-DUAL requires fewer test jumpers,
reference measurements and cleaning steps than other dualoutput light sources.
OLS2-DUAL Laser Light Source
The VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator makes quick work
of optical headroom testing and optical power level balancing.
Its simple thumbwheel control and one-hand operation makes
activation and turn-up tasks a breeze.
One-Click Mini Cleaner SC/ST/FC
TACT1-4-6D-FC Kit
•• Includes VOA6-SM, OPM4-4D, OLS2-DUAL, One-Click Mini
•• All devices configured for FC connectors
TACT1-4-6D-SC Kit
•• Includes VOA6-SM, OPM4-4D, OLS2-DUAL, One-Click Mini
•• All devices configured for SC connectors
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. TACT-TA-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
126
Telecom Activation Kits
Ordering Information
DESCRIPTION
AFL NO.
Kit includes:
(1) VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator a
(1) OPM4-4D Optical Power Meter b
(1) OLS2-DUAL Laser Light Source c
(1) One-Click Mini SC/ST/FC
Carry Cases
Kit includes:
(1) VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator a
(1) OPM4-4D Optical Power Meter b
(1) OLS2-DUAL Laser Light Source c
(1) One-Click Mini SC/ST/FC
Carry Cases
TACT1-4-6D-FC
TACT1-4-6D-SC
Notes:
a. VOA6-SM Variable Optical Attenuator comes with a protective rubber boot, AC adapter, Li-Ion battery
and battery charger.
b. OPM4-4D Optical Power Meter comes with a protective rubber boot and 2 AA batteries.
c.OLS2-DUAL Laser Light Source comes with a protective rubber boot and 2 AA batteries.
VOA6-SM Accessories and Connector Adapters
DESCRIPTION
FC connector
SC connector
ST® connector
FC-LC Hybrid adapter
AFL NO.
2900-FT-LS-FC MR
2900-FT-LS-SC MR
2900-FT-LS-ST MR
2900-FT-FCLC
* VOA6 Attenuator has two ports. Order connector adapters in units of two.
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. TACT-TA-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
127
NS and NSR Series Fiber Optic
Network Simulators
Fiber Optic Network Simulators from AFL are custom built “fiber
boxes” intended to duplicate installed fiber optic facilities.
Training schools, laboratory testing or field troubleshooting are
just few of the many applications for units. Network simulators
may be ordered with customer-specified lengths of multimode
or single-mode fiber. Events such as connections, fusion splices
and mechanical splices can be added at various points within the
fiber to duplicate installed networks. A full range of connector
types are available including SC, ST, FC and LC. Angled or nonangled connectors can be specified. Each network simulator
includes full documentation for insertion loss, attenuation/km
and event location/value.
NSR-Series Rack-mountable Network Simulators
The NS models network simulators are housed in rugged
field-portable, bench top cases. The NS models accommodates
up to 15 km of optical fiber.
NS-Series NS Bench Top Network Simulators
The NSR models network simulators are custom built rackmountable fiber boxes. The NSR models are housed in either
18 or 23-inch rack-mountable box. These network simulators
can accommodate multiple lengths.
Features
•• User-specified fiber type
•• User-specified fiber types and lengths
•• User-specified events such as mechanical or fusion splices
•• OTDR trace provided for documentation
•• Variety of connector styles available
•• NSR models are Rack-mountable
•• The NS models are rugged, field-portable
•• The NSR models can accommodates up to 100 km of fiber
(NSR Models)
•• N.I.S.T. Traceable
Ordering Information
Contact AFL at (800) 321-5298 or (603) 528-6278 for
a quote for your custom Network Simulator.
Applications
•• Laboratory testing
•• Classroom training
•• Field troubleshooting
•• OTDR calibration
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. NSR1-00-2000 Revision 1E, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
128
FTS2 Series Fiber Optic Talk Sets
Fiber optic talk sets are an inexpensive solution to meet your communication
needs when testing multimode or single-mode fiber optic cables. Designed for
voice communication over spare fibers, they provide full duplex, hands-free operation.
Ease-of-use and compact size allow the operators to focus on the task at hand, rather
than operating the talk set.
FTS2
FTS2 talk sets exel at long-range single-mode applications and provide solid multimode
performance. The FTS2 includes a multi-party communication feature, which provides the
connection of two talk sets at a common site to extend the range or to include three or
more persons in the conversation.
FTS-20C Clip-on Coupler
A clip-on coupler is available for bare fiber access where terminated ends are not
available. The FTS-20C allows bi-directional communication from the center point on a
single-mode fiber link or from the unterminated end. When used with a fiber talk set,
such as the FTS2, the user can access the intended talk fiber at the mid-point across the
span, usually at the splice enclosure. The FTS-20C can also be used in conjunction with
a laser source or a tone detector to inject or detect 2 kHz test tones. It works at 1310,
1550 or 1625 nm. Coupling efficiency is approximately 18 dB.
FTS-20C
Features
•• Single fiber, full duplex
•• Single-mode fiber
•• Field portable, hands-free operation
•• Automatic connection
•• Multi-party communication
•• Digital technology
•• Call-back feature/ringing
Applications
•• Voice communication over optical fiber links
•• Testing schedule not impacted by cell phone coverage
•• Military and other secure locations
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. FTS2-00-2000 Revision M, 2012-12-19
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
129
FTS Series Fiber Optic Talk Sets
Specificationsa
MODEL
OPTICAL
Wavelength
Dynamic Range MM/SM
Distance Range (km)
Multimode (OM1-OM4)
SMF 28ec
Fiber Type
Connector
Emitter Type
Emitter Classification
FTS2-1310
FTS2-1550
1310 nm
20b/45 dB
1550 nm
20 b/45 dB
>20
128
>20
225
MM/SM
FC, SC, ST, LC
Laser
Class I FDA 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, IEC 60825-1: 2007-03
GENERAL
Power
Weight in Use
Size (H x W x D)
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
4 AA alkaline or AC adapter
0.52 kg (1.16 lb)
18.5 x 11.1 x 4.6 cm
(7.3 x 4.4 x 1.8 in)
0ºC to +50ºC, RH 0 to 90 % non-condensing
-20ºC to +50ºC, RH 0 to 90 % non-condensing
Ordering Information
INCLUDES
Protective rubber boot, batteries, headset, carry case
AFL NO.
FTS2-1310-CCd, e
Protective rubber boot, batteries, headset, carry case
FTS2-1550-CCd, e
Calibration Plans
AFL recommends annual calibrations on NOYES Test and Inspection products. Prepaid Cal
plans offer two annual calibrations at a discounted price, a convenient calibration expiration
email service, express calibration services and access to the NOYES product knowledge base.
Cal Plus plans offer the same services as the Cal plans with the addition of a two year extended
warranty (three years total coverage).
MODEL
AFL NO. (2 YR CAL PLAN)
AFL NO. (2 YR CAL PLUS PLAN)
FTS2 (pair)
CAL2-00-FTS2
CAL2-01-FTS2
Notes:
a. All specifications valid at 25°C unless otherwise specified.
b.Typical.
c. 0.35 dB/km @ 1310 nm, 0.2 dB/km @ 1550 nm.
d. Fiber Optic Talk Sets are purchased in pairs. Two units required for communication.
e. Where “CC” indicates adapter: FC, SC, ST, LC (must pick one). Additional adapters may be ordered separately.
NOYES International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/NOYES/Contacts
© 2002-2012, AFL, all rights reserved. FTS2-00-2000 Revision M, 2012-12-19
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
130
Prepaid Calibration Plans
Recommended Calibration Interval for AFL Test & Inspection products
In keeping with ISO certification guidelines, AFL recommends the following calibration intervals for AFL Test & Inspection products:
•• 3-year Calibration Interval for OPM, CSM1, OLS, CSS1, OFI, and VFI products
•• 1-year Calibration Interval for all other AFL Test & Inspection products
AFL provides calibration recommendations as guidance for our customers. It is the responsibility of customers to determine actual
calibration intervals used comply with internal corporate ISO requirements. Additionally, contractors providing services may be held to
more frequent calibration intervals per contractual agreements with their customers.
AFL recognizes many customers prefer annual calibration for all their Test and Inspection instruments. To support our customers AFL
offers pre-paid calibration plans for AFL Test & Inspection products. Pre-paid plans allow customers to factor two annual calibrations
into initial purchase order ensuring they will have a calibrated tool for three years without the hassle (and potential delay) of seeking
internal purchase approval for necessary future calibrations.
Annual calibrations performed at AFL calibration facilities ensure that you are getting the most out of your test equipment and that
your equipment is operating at AFL specifications.
Cal Plans
•• Two annual calibrations at a discounted price.
•• Express calibration return service
Note: Cal Plans cover cost of service work. Customer is responsible for in-coming and return freight.
Cal Plus Plans
•• Cal Plan benefits plus addition of a 2 year extended warranty.
•• Return freight paid by AFL
Cal Plans Ordering Information – For products covered with (1) one year warranty
PRODUCT
C-Series Certification Products
CS260 Contractor Series OTDRs
Encircled Flux Light Sources
Encircled Flux MLP Loss Test Kits
Encircled Flux SMLP Loss Test Kits
FLX380 FlexTester3 Series
MODEL
C840
C850
C860
C880
CS260-10
CS260-20
OLS1-DUAL-EF
OLS4-EF
MLP4-2-EF
MLP5-2-EF
SMLP4-4-EF
SMLP5-5-EF
FLX380-304
FLX380-303
CAL PLAN - AFL NO.
CAL2-00-C840
CAL2-00-C850
CAL2-00-C860
CAL2-00-C880
CAL2-00-CS260-10
CAL2-00-CS260-20
CAL2-00-OLS1-DUAL-EF
CAL2-00-OLS4-EF
CAL2-00-MLP4-2-EF
CAL2-00-MLP5-2-EF
CAL2-00-SMLP4-4-EF
CAL2-00-SMLP5-5-EF
CAL2-00-FLX3-304
CAL2-00-FLX3-303
CAL PLUS PLAN - AFL NO.
CAL2-01-C840
CAL2-01-C850
CAL2-01-C860
CAL2-01-C880
CAL2-01-CS260-10
CAL2-01-CS260-20
CAL2-01-OLS1-DUAL-EF
CAL2-01-OLS4-EF
CAL2-01-MLP4-2-EF
CAL2-01-MLP5-2-EF
CAL2-01-SMLP4-4-EF
CAL2-01-SMLP5-5-EF
CAL2-01-FLX3-304
CAL2-01-FLX3-303
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. CALP-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
131
Prepaid Calibration Plans
Recommended Calibration Interval for AFL Test & Inspection products
PRODUCT
FLX380 FlexTester3 Series
FLX380 FlexTester3 Complete/Complete2 Kits
FLX380 FlexTester3 PRO/PRO2 Kits
FTK Pro Installer Kits
FTS Talk Sets
M200 OTDR
M210 OTDR
M310 Enterprise OTDR
M700, M710 OTDR
OFL280 FlexTester Series
OFL280 FlexTester
Complete/Complete2 Kits
OFL280 FlexTester
PRO/PRO2 Kits
SVA1 Optical Attenuator
TACT Network Activation Kits
VOA6 Optical Attenuator
MODEL
FLX380-302
FLX380-300
FLX380-304 Complete Kit
FLX380-303 Complete Kit
FLX380-302 Complete Kit
FLX380-300 Complete Kit
FLX380-304 PRO Kit
FLX380-303 PRO Kit
FLX380-302 PRO Kit
FLX380-300 PRO Kit
FTK1-01-0900PR
FTK1-01-0902PR
FTS2 (pair)
M200-20
M200-22
M200-25
M210-20U-01
M210-22U-01
M210-25K-01-HC1
M210-25K-01-HC2
M210-25U-01
M310-25, -HC, -HC1
M310-25K-HC2
M310-22, -HC, -HC1
M310-22K-HC2
M310-20, -HC, -HC1
M310-20K-HC2
M700-25
M700-24
M710-21
M710-20
M710-40
OFL280-103
OFL280-102
OFL280-101
OFL280-100
OFL280-103 Complete Kit
OFL280-102 Complete Kit
OFL280-100 Complete Kit
OFL280-103 PRO Kit
OFL280-102 PRO Kit
OFL280-100 PRO Kit
SVA1
TACT1-4-6D
TACT1-4-FH
VOA6-SM
CAL PLAN - AFL NO.
CAL2-00-FLX3-302
CAL2-00-FLX3-300
CAL2-00-FLX3-304-CMP
CAL2-00-FLX3-303-CMP
CAL2-00-FLX3-302-CMP
CAL2-00-FLX3-300-CMP
CAL2-00-FLX3-304-PRO
CAL2-00-FLX3-303-PRO
CAL2-00-FLX3-302-PRO
CAL2-00-FLX3-300-PRO
CAL2-00-FTK1-0900
CAL2-00-FTK1-0902
CAL2-00-FTS2
CAL2-00-M200-20
CAL2-00-M200-22
CAL2-00-M200-25
CAL2-00-M210-20
CAL2-00-M210-22
CAL2-00-M210-25K-HC1
CAL2-00-M210-25K-HC2
CAL2-00-M210-25
CAL2-00-M310-25
CAL2-00-M310-25K-HC2
CAL2-00-M310-22
CAL2-00-M310-22K-HC2
CAL2-00-M310-20
CAL2-00-M310-20K-HC2
CAL2-00-M700-25
CAL2-00-M700-24
CAL2-00-M710-21
CAL2-00-M710-20
CAL2-00-M710-40
CAL2-00-OFL2-103
CAL2-00-OFL2-102
CAL2-00-OFL2-101
CAL2-00-OFL2-100
CAL2-00-OFL2-103-CMP
CAL2-00-OFL2-102-CMP
CAL2-00-OFL2-100-CMP
CAL2-00-OFL2-103-PRO
CAL2-00-OFL2-102-PRO
CAL2-00-OFL2-100-PRO
CAL2-00-SVA1
CAL2-00-TACT1-4-6D
CAL2-00-TACT1-4-FH
CAL2-00-VOA6-SM
CAL PLUS PLAN - AFL NO.
CAL2-01-FLX3-302
CAL2-01-FLX3-300
CAL2-01-FLX3-304-CMP
CAL2-01-FLX3-303-CMP
CAL2-01-FLX3-302-CMP
CAL2-01-FLX3-300-CMP
CAL2-01-FLX3-304-PRO
CAL2-01-FLX3-303-PRO
CAL2-01-FLX3-302-PRO
CAL2-01-FLX3-300-PRO
CAL2-01-FTK1-0900
CAL2-01-FTK1-0902
CAL2-01-FTS2
CAL2-01-M200-20
CAL2-01-M200-22
CAL2-01-M200-25
CAL2-01-M210-20
CAL2-01-M210-22
CAL2-01-M210-25K-HC1
CAL2-01-M210-25K-HC2
CAL2-01-M210-25
CAL2-01-M310-25
CAL2-01-M310-25K-HC2
CAL2-01-M310-22
CAL2-01-M310-22K-HC2
CAL2-01-M310-20
CAL2-01-M310-20K-HC2
CAL2-01-M700-25
CAL2-01-M700-24
CAL2-01-M710-21
CAL2-01-M710-20
CAL2-01-M710-40
CAL2-01-OFL2-103
CAL2-01-OFL2-102
CAL2-01-OFL2-101
CAL2-01-OFL2-100
CAL2-01-OFL2-103-CMP
CAL2-01-OFL2-102-CMP
CAL2-01-OFL2-100-CMP
CAL2-01-OFL2-103-PRO
CAL2-01-OFL2-102-PRO
CAL2-01-OFL2-100-PRO
CAL2-01-SVA1
CAL2-01-TACT1-4-6D
CAL2-01-TACT1-4-FH
CAL2-01-VOA6-SM
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. CALP-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
132
Prepaid Calibration Plans
Cal Plans Ordering Information – For products covered with (5) five-year Warranty
PRODUCT
Contractor Series Loss
Test Kits
CSM Power Meters
CSS Light Sources
MLP Loss Test Kits
OFI Optical Fiber
Identifiers
OLS Light Sources
MODEL
CKM-2
CKSM-2
CKS-3
CKS-2
CSM1-1
AFL NO.
CAL2-00-CKM2
CAL2-00-CKSM2
CAL2-00-CKS-3
CAL2-00-CKS-2
CAL2-00-CSM1-1
CSM1-2
CSM1-3
CSM1-4
CSS1-MM
CSS1-SM
MLP1-1
MLP1-2
MLP4-1
MLP4-2
MLP5-2
OFI-200D
OFI-400
OFI-400C
CAL2-00-CSM1-2
CAL2-00-CSM1-3
CAL2-00-CSM1-4
CAL2-00-CSS1-MM
CAL2-00-CSS1-SM
CAL2-00-MLP1-1
CAL2-00-MLP1-2
CAL2-00-MLP4-1
CAL2-00-MLP4-2
CAL2-00-MLP5-2
CAL2-00-OFI-200D
CAL2-00-OFI-400
CAL2-00-OFI-400C
OFI-400HP
CAL2-00-OFI-400HP
OFI-FTTx
OLS1-1
OLS1-2
OLS1-DUAL
OLS2-DUAL
OLS4
CAL2-00-OFI-FTTx
CAL2-00-OLS1-1
CAL2-00-OLS1-2
CAL2-00-OLS1-DUAL
CAL2-00-OLS2-DUAL
CAL2-00-OLS4
PRODUCT
OLS Light Sources
OPM Power Meters
SLP Loss Test Kits
SMLP Loss Test Kits
MODEL
OLS7-3
OLS7-FTTH
OLS7-FTTx
OPM1-2
OPM1-3
OPM4-1
OPM4-2
OPM4-3
OPM4-4
OPM4-FTTX
OPM5-2
OPM5-3
OPM5-4
SLP4-6
SLP4-6D
SLP4-7
SLP4-FTTH
SLP4-FTTX
SLP5-6
SLP5-6D
SLP5-7
SLP5-FTTH
SLP5-FTTX
SMLP4-4
SMLP5-5
AFL NO.
CAL2-00-OLS7-3
CAL2-00-OLS7-FTTH
CAL2-00-OLS7-FTTx
CAL2-00-OPM1-2
CAL2-00-OPM1-3
CAL2-00-OPM4-1
CAL2-00-OPM4-2
CAL2-00-OPM4-3
CAL2-00-OPM4-4
CAL2-00-OPM4-FTTX
CAL2-00-OPM5-2
CAL2-00-OPM5-3
CAL2-00-OPM5-4
CAL2-00-SLP4-6
CAL2-00-SLP4-6D
CAL2-00-SLP4-7
CAL2-00-SLP4-FTTH
CAL2-00-SLP4-FTTX
CAL2-00-SLP5-6
CAL2-00-SLP5-6D
CAL2-00-SLP5-7
CAL2-00-SLP5-FTTH
CAL2-00-SLP5-FTTX
CAL2-00-SMLP4-4
CAL2-00-SMLP5-5
Calibration and Repair Facilities
AFL has an authorized calibration/repair facility for AFL products in the USA, Europe and Asia Pacific. Please contact customer service
for a return authorization number prior to sending your AFL test equipment in for repair or calibration.
USA
Europe
Asia
AFL Test & Inspection Division
16 Eastgate Park Road
Belmont, NH 03220
603-528-7780
800-321-5298
Fujikura Europe Ltd
C51 Barwell Business Park
Leatherhead Road
Chessington, Surrey, KT9 2NY
+44 (0) 208 240 2020
Fujikura Asia Ltd
438A Alexandra Road, #08-03 Blk A,
Alexandra TechnoPark
Singapore 119967
[email protected]
+65 62711312
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
© 2014, AFL, all rights reserved. CALP-00-2000 Revision 1D, 2014-10-24
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
133
134
135
136
Please contact your AFL Sales Representative for
information about our other products or services.
CLEANING SUPPLIES
FCC2 - Fiber
Connector Cleaner
CLETOP-S
FiberWipes™
FUSION SPLICING SYSTEMS
FSM-12R
FSM-100P
Along with a broad range of products, we also offer professional
training through the Light Brigade®. Over 50,000 people have
completed a Light Brigade training course making us the
leading fiber optic training provider in the world.
International Sales and Service Contact Information
Available at www.AFLglobal.com/Test/Contacts
FSM-70S
www.AFLglobal.com
überreicht durch:
Opternus GmbH Optische Spleiss- & Messtechnik
Büro Süd:
Bahnhofstr. 5
D-22941 Bargteheide
Katharinenstr. 57
D-73728 Esslingen
Tel. +49(0)4532-20 44-0
Fax +49(0)4532-20 44-25
E-Mail: [email protected] - www.opternus.de - www.opternus-shop.de
Tel. +49(0)711-3 10 59 99-0
Fax +49(0)711-3 10 59 99-99
Opternus GmbH
März 2015
CAT-010081.23.2015
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement